mirror of
https://review.haiku-os.org/userguide
synced 2024-11-23 15:18:25 +01:00
Update userguide translations
This commit is contained in:
autonielx
parent
d82edf65ee
commit
9556c35ed6
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2015, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -61,23 +61,24 @@
|
||||
<h1>Aplicacions</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Before diving into all the applications that come with Haiku, let's have a more detailed look at how to install and uninstall programs. The most convenient way to find, install, update and uninstall applications is via Haiku's package management system. However, since Haiku is largely binary and source compatible to its ancestor BeOS, you might find older archives (.zip and .pkg) that can still be installed as well.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Below you'll always find the <tt>~/config/</tt> hierarchy of the Home folder mentioned. If you intend to share packages for all users (once Haiku becomes multi-user aware), you should use the mirrored filesystem hierarchy under <tt>/system/</tt>. See topic <a href="filesystem-layout.html">Filesystem layout</a> for more information.</div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Below you'll always find the <tt>/system/</tt> hierarchy of the mentioned. If you intend to install packages only for a single user (once Haiku becomes multi-user aware), you should use the mirrored filesystem hierarchy under home: <tt>~/config/</tt>. See topic <a href="filesystem-layout.html">Filesystem layout</a> for more information.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="hpkg" name="hpkg">Haiku packages (.hpkg)</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>The simplest way is to use <a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a> to find, download and automatically install and uninstall a package. If that isn't an option — maybe you downloaded a package somewhere, because it's not (yet) in a public repository — it's just as easy to install it manually: Just move the .hpkg file into <tt>~/config/packages/</tt>. </p>
|
||||
<p>You'll find the newly installed application in <tt>~/config/apps/</tt> or, in case of a commandline application, in <tt>~/config/bin/</tt>. All other files the program depends upon (libraries, data, add-ons, etc.) appear automatically in the right locations in the filesystem.</p>
|
||||
<p>The simplest way is to use <a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a> to find, download and automatically install and uninstall a package. If you have downloaded a package from somewhere else — maybe because it's not (yet) in a public repository — just double-click it to open in HaikuDepot and install from there.</p>
|
||||
<p>You'll find the newly installed application in <tt>/system/apps/</tt> or, in case of a commandline application, in <tt>/system/bin/</tt>. All other files the program depends upon (libraries, data, add-ons, etc.) appear automatically in the right locations in the filesystem.</p>
|
||||
<p>Topics <a href="deskbar.html">Deskbar</a> or <a href="desktop-applets/launchbox.html">LaunchBox</a> describe how to add shortcuts to your newly installed application.</p>
|
||||
<p>Uninstalling is just as easy: move the package out of <tt>~/config/packages/</tt>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">By the way, although you can unpack a .hpkg file like any other archive, this is not what the package mangement is doing when you're installing a package. The underlying filesystem only appears to spread files in their respective folders, there's no physical moving around taking place. This is why installing/uninstalling is so very fast and clean.</div>
|
||||
<p>If the package depends on some other library or package, a window will pop up, asking if the necessary files shall be downloaded and installed as well.</p>
|
||||
<p>Uninstalling is just as easy: Simply find the package in HaikuDepot and click <span class="button">Uninstall</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you're working in the Terminal or want to do un/installing of packages in a script, you should have a look at the command <tt>pkgman --help</tt>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="beos_apps" name="beos_apps">Old BeOS archives (.zip and .pkg)</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>BeOS archives that include all they need in their app's folder can simply be unpacked (double clicking opens <span class="app">Expander</span> or the old <span class="app">PackageInstaller</span>) anywhere in <tt>/boot/home/</tt> and run from there. Uninstalling such self-contained applications is easy: just delete the app's folder.</p>
|
||||
<p>This is true for the majority of old BeOS applications. If you happen upon one that doesn't work out-of-the-box, because it wants to spread its files to hard-coded locations that are not guaranteed to exist, you can try to fix things manually. The folder <tt>~/config/non-packaged/</tt> allows you to recreate the needed folder hierarchy. As more and more real .hpkg packages become available and old BeOS applications get re-packaged, this will become less needed. Please consult this <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/install-applications">online article</a> on how to use the <tt>non-packaged</tt> hierarchy.</p>
|
||||
<p>This is true for the majority of old BeOS applications. If you happen upon one that doesn't work out-of-the-box, because it wants to spread its files to hard-coded locations that are not guaranteed to exist, you can try to fix things manually. The folder <tt>/system/non-packaged/</tt> allows you to recreate the needed folder hierarchy. As more and more real .hpkg packages become available and old BeOS applications get re-packaged, this will become less needed. Please consult this <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/install-applications">online article</a> on how to use the <tt>non-packaged</tt> hierarchy.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -88,8 +89,6 @@
|
||||
<td valign="top">Una eina per fer un seguiment dels recursos del sistema com ara la CPU i l'ús de la memòria</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/bootmanager.html">BootManager</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Una eina per instal·lar un menú d'arrencada al Master Boot Record (MBR) d'un disc.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/cdplayer-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/cdplayer.html">CDPlayer</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Un reproductor de CDs d'àudio.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/charactermap-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/charactermap.html">CharacterMap</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Una aplicació que mostra el mapa de caràcters Unicode.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/codycam-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/codycam.html">CodyCam</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="activitymonitor.html">Monitor d'Activitat</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Aplicacions</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="cdplayer.html">Reproductor de CDs</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="charactermap.html">Mapa de Caràcters</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Altrament, trieu <span class="button">Instal·la</span> per continuar.</p>
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="activitymonitor.html">Monitor d'Activitat</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Aplicacions</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="cdplayer.html">Reproductor de CDs</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="charactermap.html">Mapa de Caràcters</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="../../en/applications/charactermap.html"><img src="../../images/flags/gb.png" alt="" />English</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="cdplayer.html">Reproductor de CDs</a>
|
||||
« <a href="bootmanager.html">Gestor d'Arrencada</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Aplicacions</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="codycam.html">CodyCam</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="cdplayer.html">Reproductor de CDs</a>
|
||||
« <a href="bootmanager.html">Gestor d'Arrencada</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Aplicacions</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="codycam.html">CodyCam</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2012, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -88,11 +88,14 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"</pre>
|
||||
<pre class="terminal">filepanel -s -t "Save your logfile" -d ~/config/settings -n Fantastic.log</pre>
|
||||
<p><img src="../images/apps-images/cli-filepanel.png" alt="cli-alert.png" /></p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span> is a nice way to wait for a particular application or thread to be started or to have ended.</p>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">hey</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">hey</span> is a littler helper tool that sends BMessages to applications and prints out their answer. It can be used for application scripting, i.e. "remote controlling" a program from a script or the command line. It's usage is a bit complex... Thanks to Scot Hacker's BeOS Bible, there's a nice <a href="http://www.birdhouse.org/beos/bible/bos/ch_scripting6.html">hey tutorial</a> by Chris Herborth.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">query</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">query</span> is the commandline version of the Find panel. In fact, a quick way to generate the search term is to build a query in the Find panel, switch to <span class="menu">by formula</span>, add double quotes (<tt>"</tt>) in front and back and paste the whole string after your <span class="cli">query</span> command in Terminal or your script.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span> is a nice way to wait for a particular application or thread to be started or to have ended.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr></table>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -100,7 +103,7 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"</pre>
|
||||
|
||||
<table summary="scripting cli tools" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span> is an important tool to check for errors in your file system. Simply add the volume or device name and it'll run through every file and correct inconsistencies where possible.</p>
|
||||
<td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span> is an important tool to check for errors in your file system. Simply add a volume name like <span class="path">/Haiku</span> or device path and it'll run through every file and correct inconsistencies where possible.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">desklink</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">desklink</span> can install an icon for any file, folder, query or application in the Deskbar tray. It also offers the option to provide a context menu when right-clicking an icon to execute special actions. As an example, try this to add the commandline app <span class="app">screenshot</span> with various options (the "<tt>\</tt>" in the first line is just for the line break in Terminal):</p>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2013 Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2013-2014 Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -55,6 +55,17 @@
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">La traducció d'aquesta pàgina encara no està acabada. Fins que ho sigui, algunes part correspondrà a la versió anglesa.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<table class="index" id="index" summary="index">
|
||||
<tr class="heading"><td>Index</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr class="index"><td><a href="#filter">The Filter</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#list">The List</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#info">The Info Area</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#menu">Tools and Options</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#account">Creating a User Account</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#rating">Rating and Commenting</a><br />
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/apps-images/haikudepot-icon_64.png" alt="haikudepot-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />HaikuDepot</h2>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td>Deskbar:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><span class="menu">Applications</span></td></tr>
|
||||
@ -62,45 +73,75 @@
|
||||
<tr><td>Settings:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories (also called "depots") and install, update and uninstall packages.</p>
|
||||
<p>HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories (also called "depots") and install, update and uninstall packages. HaikuDepot starts up with a list of "<i>Featured packages</i>", software that's deemed interesting to many users. As soon as you enter a term in the search box or choose a category, the display changes to smaller icons and more information arranged in columns.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot.png" alt="haikudepot.png" />
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>The Filter</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="filter" name="filter">The Filter</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>At the top we find a few means to filter the list of available packages below:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Show</span> pop-up menu lets you limit the list to individual categories like "<i>Audio</i>" or "<i>Games</i>". You can also have only your already installed packages displayed or those that have an update available.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Depot</span> pop-up menu lets you limit the list to only show packages from certain repositories,</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Search terms</span> text field lets you filter the list to the keywords you enter.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Category</span> pop-up menu lets you limit the list to individual categories like "<i>Audio</i>" or "<i>Games</i>".</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Depot</span> pop-up menu determines which online depots are queried or if only those packages shown, that were installed from somewhere other than an online depot ("<i>Local</i>"). Maybe from an USB thumb drive or downloaded from some website or a package that you've built yourself.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Search terms</span> text field filters the list to those packages that have all the entered (space-delimited) strings in their name or description.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>The List</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="list" name="list">The List</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Like in any Tracker window, you can choose from a context menu which columns to display by right-clicking the column heading. A left-click sorts the list according to that column. Of course, you can rearrange the columns by dragging them to a new position.</p>
|
||||
<p>The status column of a package can have one of several states:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Available</span>: The package exists in that depot and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Active</span>: The package is currently installed and ready to be used.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Available</span>: The package exists in that depot and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Pending / %</span>: <i>Pending</i> is shown for a package that is queued for download/installation. While a package is downloaded, the progress is shown as percentage.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Update available</span>: There's a newer version than your installed one available.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>You can grab the dotted line between the packages list and the info area to vertically resize the packages list.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>The Info Area</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="info" name="info">The Info Area</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>At the bottom is an area that displays information on the package that is currently selected in the list above it.<br />
|
||||
To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – depending on the current state of the package – lets you <span class="button">Install</span>, <span class="button">Uninstall</span> or <span class="button">Update</span> it.</p>
|
||||
<p>Below are three tabs:</p>
|
||||
To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – depending on the current state of the package – lets you <span class="button">Install</span>, <span class="button">Uninstall</span> or <span class="button">Update</span> it. If a package is already installed, you'll find an additional button there to <span class="button">Open</span> the application.</p>
|
||||
<p>Below are three tabs: About, Ratings, and Changelog.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">About</span> has a more detailed description of the package, as well as screenshots and a contact address and URL of the team that maintains the packaged software, if available.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Ratings</span> shows ratings and comments of users, if available. With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or disapproval with a certain comment.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Changelog</span> show the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5252"><span class="menu">About</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5253">The first tab has a detailed description of the package, as well as screenshots and a contact address and URL of the team that maintains the packaged software, if available. Clicking the screenshot thumbnail will open it full-size in a new window</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5254"><span class="menu">Ratings</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5255">The second tab shows ratings and comments of users, if available.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png" alt="haikudepot-rating-tab.png" />
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5268">To the left is a statistic, showing the number of stars (1 to 5) the package got from how many users.<br />
|
||||
In the middle are user comments with their nickname, the number of stars they gave the package and which version of the package they were rating or commenting on. You'll find more on how to rate a package yourself <a href="#rating">further down</a>.<br />
|
||||
With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or disapproval with a certain comment.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5257"><span class="menu">Changelog</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5258">The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Tools and Options</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="menu" name="menu">Tools and Options</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>In the <span class="menu">Tools</span> menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to <span class="menu">Refresh depots</span>. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.</p>
|
||||
<p>Under <span class="menu">Options</span> you can choose to also <span class="menu">Show develop packages</span> and <span class="menu">Show source packages</span> in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.</p>
|
||||
<p>Of more interest are the other two items, <span class="menu">Show available packages</span> and <span class="menu">Show installed packages</span>, which are pretty self-explanatory.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="account" name="account">Creating a User Account</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>To be able to rate a package, you need a user account at the <a href="http://depot.haiku-os.org">Haiku Depot Server</a> that serves all the packages and keeps track of ratings and user comments. You can create an account within the HaikuDepot application by clicking on the menu in the far right of the menu bar that shows your current status: <span class="menu">Not logged in</span>. Choosing <span class="menu">Log in...</span> opens a window with two tabs; one to enter your user name and password (once you have those) to log in, and the other to create a new account:</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png" alt="haikudepot-login-tab.png" />
|
||||
<p>To create an account you need to:</p>
|
||||
<ul><li>use an all lower-case user name without special characters</li>
|
||||
<li>use a password that's at least 8 characters long with at least 2 capitals and 2 numbers</li>
|
||||
<li>provide a valid email address (if you want a new password sent to you in case you forgot it)</li>
|
||||
<li>solve the captcha</li></ul>
|
||||
<p>After logging in, the top-right menu of the HaikuDepot window will now say <span class="menu">Logged in as (...)</span>, showing your user name. The menu now offers you to <span class="menu">Switch account...</span> or <span class="menu">Log out</span>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="rating" name="rating">Rating and Commenting</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a <span class="button">Rating...</span> button. Click it to open the rating window:</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png" alt="haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png" />
|
||||
<p>Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)<br />
|
||||
After you click <span class="button">Send</span> the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the <span class="menu">Tools</span> menu to <span class="menu">Refresh depots</span> before you can see your changes.</p>
|
||||
<p>At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox <span class="menu">Other users can see this rating</span>.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="expander.html">Expander</a>
|
||||
@ -108,6 +149,6 @@ To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – d
|
||||
:: <a href="icon-o-matic.html">Icon-O-Matic</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2011, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -110,21 +110,17 @@ Then there are settings for <span class="menu">Subtitle size</span> and <span cl
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p>These keys are assigned to the functions of the control buttons. They are always the bottom left letter keys on the keyboard, i.e. they are used independently of your current keymapping. The above keys correspond to a standard US-american keymap.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="keycombos" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">→</span></td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td>Seek forwards</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump forwards 10 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump forwards 30 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>Seek backwards</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards 10 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards 30 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td>Seek backwards/forwards</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards/forwards 10 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards/forwards 30 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Increase volume</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↓</span></td><td></td><td>Decrease volume</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↓</span> / <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Decrease/Increase volume</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Skip to previous Track</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↓</span></td><td></td><td>Skip to next Track</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↓</span> / <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Skip to next/previous Track</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">Spacebar</span></td><td></td><td>Toggle play/pause</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">ENTER</span></td><td></td><td>Toggle full-screen mode (also done by double left-clicking the video area)</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">ENTER</span></td><td></td><td>Toggle full-screen mode (also done by double left-clicking the video area or pressing <span class="key">F</span> or <span class="key">TAB</span>)</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td class="onelinetop" align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">0</span> / <span class="key">1</span> / <span class="key">2</span> / <span class="key">3</span></td><td></td><td>Changes aspect ratio to <span class="menu">Stream settings</span> (how the video was encoded), <span class="menu">No aspect correction</span> (maps the pixels of the video 1:1 to the screen), <span class="menu">4:3</span>, <span class="menu">16:9</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -59,12 +59,12 @@
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td>Barra d'eines:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><span class="menu">Aplicacions</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Ubicació:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Pe</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Documentació:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation.html</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Documentació:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Preferències:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/pe/*</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>Pe is a sophisticated editor, with its syntax highlighting targeted mainly at programmers and HTML writers. Originally created by Maarten Hekkelmann, it's been open sourced and maintained by Haiku developers. A bugtracker and more information is available at the <a href="http://developer.berlios.de/projects/pe-editor/">Pe project page</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Find out more about Pe's features in its local <a href="file:///boot/apps/Pe/Documentation.html">documentation</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Find out more about Pe's features in its local <a href="file:// /boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html">documentation</a>. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
|
||||
The <span class="menu">Advanced</span> tab holds the setting for the maximum simultaneous connections.</p>
|
||||
<p>The menu items of the console window are all self-explanatory. With them you can e.g. save (parts) of the console output, clear the console or logging file and start/stop the server or clear the hit counter.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="box-info">If you want to try out if PoorMan's working, choose <span class="path">/boot/apps/BePDF/docs/</span> as folder and <span class="cli">index.html</span> as start page. Then point your browser to the URL 127.0.0.1, which is your local host.</div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">If you want to try out if PoorMan's working, choose <span class="path">/boot/system/apps/BePDF/docs/</span> as folder and <span class="cli">index.html</span> as start page. Then point your browser to the URL 127.0.0.1, which is your local host.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -80,18 +80,23 @@ By default, <tt>%1d: %p</tt>, a tab shows the current directory and, separated b
|
||||
Via <span class="menu">Edit | Window title...</span> the Terminal window's title can be edited in a similar way.</p>
|
||||
<p>Right-clicking a tab shows a context menu to <span class="menu">Close tab</span>, <span class="menu">Close other tabs</span> or, like double-clicking, <span class="menu">Edit tab title...</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p>A Terminal window can be resized like any other window or you use the presets from the <span class="menu">Settings | Window size</span> menu. <span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">ENTER</span> toggles fullscreen mode.</p>
|
||||
<p>Changed window size and text encoding are only kept choosing <span class="menu">Settings | Save as default</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p>All the settings you change directly through the <span class="menu">Settings</span> menu, like <span class="menu">Window title</span>, <span class="menu">Window size</span>, <span class="menu">Text encoding</span> or <span class="menu">Font size</span> are only kept for the current session. If you want to make permanent changes, you have to apply them in the <span class="menu">Settings...</span> panel.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="settings" name="settings">Preferències</a></h2>
|
||||
<p><span class="menu">Settings | Settings...</span> opens a panel to configure the standard settings of a Terminal.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/terminal-settings.png" alt="terminal-settings.png" />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
<p>It starts off with the "formulas" for naming tab and window titles. Again, tooltips show the available variables. Below that you set font type, font size and the different text and background colors. You can choose a pre-defined color schema like <span class="menu">Black on white</span> or <span class="menu">White on black</span> or create a <span class="menu">Custom</span> one using the color picker below.<br />
|
||||
Activate the checkbox to <span class="menu">Confirm exit if active programs exist</span> and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.<br />
|
||||
You can save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.<br />
|
||||
Pressing <span class="button">OK</span> will save the current settings as default.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Most of the offered settings speak for themselves.<br />
|
||||
Hover your mouse over the "formulas" for naming tab and window titles to get tooltips for the available variables. <br />
|
||||
You can choose pre-defined color schema like <span class="menu">Midnight</span> or <span class="menu">Retro</span> or create a <span class="menu">Custom</span> one by selecting which color you want to change (<span class="menu">Text</span>, <span class="menu">Background</span>, <span class="menu">Cursor</span> etc.) and then use the color picker below.</p>
|
||||
<p>A few more options follow: you can have a <span class="menu">Blinking cursor</span> and choose to <span class="menu">Use bright instead of bold text</span>. The latter setting avoids the sometimes rather unsightly rendering of bold fonts in the Terminal.<br />
|
||||
Activate the checkbox to <span class="menu">Confirm exit if active programs exist</span> and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td class="onelinetop"><span class="button">Save to file...</span></td><td width="10"> </td><td>let's you save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Revert</span></td><td> </td><td>brings back the settings that were active when you opened the settings panel.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Defaults</span></td><td> </td><td>resets everything to default values.</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="shortcuts" name="shortcuts">Dreceres del teclat</a></h2>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -45,9 +45,9 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="../../en/applications/vision.html"><img src="../../images/flags/gb.png" alt="" />English</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Aplicacions</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Aplicacions</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -65,6 +65,187 @@
|
||||
<p>Vision is an IRC client originally developed for the BeOS. Documentation and a bug tracker are available at the <a href="http://vision.sourceforge.net/">Vision website</a>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">You can find help from other Haiku users and developers on <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/community/irc">Haiku channels</a> in various languages.<br />
|
||||
The most frequented is the English speaking #haiku at irc.freenode.org.</div>
|
||||
<p>Here's a list of built-in commands, taken with permission from Visions website.</p>
|
||||
<p>The syntax:</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>/COMMAND</tt></td><td width="10"></td><td>the command</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt><required></tt></td><td></td><td>a required parameter</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>[optional]</tt></td><td></td><td>an optional parameter</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>|</tt></td><td></td><td>a logical OR</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>...</tt></td><td></td><td>more parameters possible</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ABOUT</span><br />
|
||||
Opens Vision's About window.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ACRONYM [word]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens www.acronymfinder.com with your current html handler. (Note: If the file-handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/AWAY [away-reason]</span><br />
|
||||
Sets away status on current network. If no away reason is specified, it is set to 'BRB'. (be right back)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/BACK</span><br />
|
||||
Sets your status to 'back' on current network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/CLEAR</span><br />
|
||||
Clears the contents of the current text buffer.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/CTCP <nick|channel> <PING|VERSION|FINGER|TIME|CLIENTINFO|USERINFO></span><br />
|
||||
Executes the specified ctcp command on a channel or nick.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DCC <CHAT> <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Opens a private dcc chat session with the specified nick.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DCC <SEND> <nick> [file]</span><br />
|
||||
Sends a file to <nick>. If no file is specified, a File panel will open.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DEOP /DOP /DEVOICE <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
De-ops or de-voices <nick(s)>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DESCRIBE <nick> <message></span><br />
|
||||
Same as /ME, but opens a query on <nick>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DNS <domain name/IP address></span><br />
|
||||
Resolves the given IP or domain name.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/EXIT</span><br />
|
||||
Quits Vision.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GAWAY [away-reason]</span><br />
|
||||
Same as /AWAY [away-reason], but applies to all connected networks.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GBACK</span><br />
|
||||
Same as /BACK, but on applies to all connected networks.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GOOGLE [search-string]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens www.google.com with your current html handler. (Note: If the file-handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/INVITE /I <nick> <channel></span><br />
|
||||
Invites <nick> to the <channel>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/JOIN /J <channel> [channel-key]</span><br />
|
||||
Joins the <channel>. Provide a [channel-key] if necessary.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/KICK /K <nick> [reason]</span><br />
|
||||
Kicks <nick> from current channel. If [reason] is not specified, it will be set to the reason specified in Preferences.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/KILL <nick> [message]</span><br />
|
||||
IRC operator command to disconnect a user from the network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/LIST</span><br />
|
||||
Opens a new view which lists all the channels on the current network. [except hidden channels]</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the channel modes of the current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M <+-ohvbeqa> <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Same as <span class="menu">MODE <channel> <modes> <nick></span>, but on current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M <+-kfL,l,psmntirRcOAQKVHGCuzN></span><br />
|
||||
Same as <span class="menu">/MODE <channel> <modes></span>, but on current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ME <text></span><br />
|
||||
Displays: <i>* emwe <text>.</i></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MODE <channel> <+-ohvbeqa> <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Sets mode for <nick(s)> on <channel>.<br />
|
||||
e.g. <span class="menu">/MODE #channel +o nick1</span><br />
|
||||
or <span class="menu">/MODE #channel +oo-o nick1 nick2 nick3</span></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MODE <channel> <+-kfL,l,psmntirRcOAQKVHGCuzN></span><br />
|
||||
Sets the mode of <channel>. (Note: Commata just for optical separation.)<br />
|
||||
e.g. <span class="menu">/MODE #channel +ms</span></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MSG <nick> <message></span><br />
|
||||
Sends a <message> to <nick>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NAMES</span><br />
|
||||
Displays all channels and all nicks of the network in the network window. (Careful with this one)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NAMES <channel></span><br />
|
||||
Displays nick(s) in <channel>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NICK <newnick></span><br />
|
||||
Changes your nick to <newnick>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NOTICE <nick> <message></span><br />
|
||||
Sends a notice to <nick> with the given <message>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NOTIFY <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Adds <nick(s)> to your notify list.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PEXEC /RRUN <app1> [ | <app2> | ... ]</span><br />
|
||||
Executes the given <app>. If more than one application is provided, they will be executed in a pipe.<br />
|
||||
e.g. <span class="menu">/PEXEC Terminal | StyledEdit</span> opens a new Terminal, and afterwards StyledEdit<br />
|
||||
or <span class="menu">/PEXEC ls -la ~/Downloads/</span> displays the contents of your ~/Downloads/ directory in the current window (Attention!)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/OP /VOICE <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Ops or voices to <nick(s)>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PART</span><br />
|
||||
Leaves current channel or network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PING <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Pings the <nick> and returns the ping-time. Equivalent to <span class="menu">/CTCP <nick> PING</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/QUERY /Q <nick> [message]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens a query window on <nick>, optionally along with a [message].</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/QUIT /QUI [custom-quit-message]</span><br />
|
||||
Quits current network. If [custom-quit-message] is not specified, the default set in Preferences will be used.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/RAW /QUOTE <command|text></span><br />
|
||||
Sends a raw IRC command.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/RECONNECT</span><br />
|
||||
Will reconnect you to the current network if the 47 automatic reconnection attempts have failed.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/SLEEP <deciseconds></span><br />
|
||||
Causes current thread to sleep for the specified time ; for future scripting use.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/SQUIT</span><br />
|
||||
IRC operator command to disconnect a server.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/T</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the channel-topic of current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/T <new-channel-topic></span><br />
|
||||
Same as <span class="menu">/TOPIC <channel> <new-channel-topic></span>, but on current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TIME <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Returns local time of <nick>. Equivalent to <span class="menu">/CTCP <nick> TIME.</span></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TOPIC <channel></span><br />
|
||||
Displays the channel-topic of <channel>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TOPIC <channel> <new-channel-topic></span><br />
|
||||
Sets the channel topic of <channel> to <new-channel-topic>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/UNNOTIFY <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Removes <nick(s)> from your notify list.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/UPTIME [-l]</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the systems uptime. If [-l] is specified, the uptime will be echoed locally, and not sent to the network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VERSION <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Returns the client-version of <nicks> IRC-client. Equivalent to <span class="menu">/CTCP <nick> VERSION</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VISIT <url></span><br />
|
||||
Opens <url> with your current html handler. (Note: If the handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WEBSTER /DICTIONARY [word]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens www.m-w.com (Merriam Webster) with your current html handler. (Note: If the handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VUPTIME [-l]</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the Vision uptime. The [-l] parameter has the same effect as in <span class="menu">/UPTIME</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WALLOPS</span><br />
|
||||
IRC operator command that sends a wallops message (visible to those with umode w active).</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WHOIS /W <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Returns whois information of <nick>.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
@ -72,9 +253,9 @@ The most frequented is the English speaking #haiku at irc.freenode.org.</div>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Aplicacions</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Aplicacions</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
|
||||
<tr><td>Preferències:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/WonderBrush</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>WonderBrush is an editor for bitmap and vector graphics. Find more information and workshops at the <a href="http://yellowbites.com/wonderbrush.html">YellowBites website</a> and in the local <a href="file:///boot/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation%20en/introduction.html">documentation.</a></p>
|
||||
<p>WonderBrush is an editor for bitmap and vector graphics. Find more information and workshops at the <a href="http://yellowbites.com/wonderbrush.html">YellowBites website</a> and in the local <a href="file:///boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation%20en/introduction.html">documentation.</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -85,10 +85,10 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="gui.html#replicants">Replicants</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Conegueu els elements bàsics de l'entorn gràfic d'usuari.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top"><a href="workspaces.html">Workspaces</a><ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#applet">The Workspaces Applet</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#switching">Switching workspaces</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#moving">Moving windows between workspaces</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#special">Special functionality</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html">The Workspaces Applet</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html#moving">Moving windows between workspaces</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html#special">Special functionality</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Feu servir els escriptoris virtuals per tenir un entorn de treball ben endreçat.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top"><a href="twitcher.html">Twitcher</a></td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Switch between running applications.</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
userguide/ca/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/ca/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
BIN
userguide/ca/images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/ca/images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 22 KiB |
BIN
userguide/ca/images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/ca/images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 9.9 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 43 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 78 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 16 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 23 KiB |
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -54,6 +54,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<div id="content">
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">La traducció d'aquesta pàgina encara no està acabada. Fins que ho sigui, algunes part correspondrà a la versió anglesa.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/prefs-images/appearance-icon_64.png" alt="appearance-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />Aparença</h2>
|
||||
<table summary="quickinfo" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
@ -92,6 +93,7 @@
|
||||
<a id="decorators" name="decorators">Decoració de les finestres</a></h2>
|
||||
<img src="../images/prefs-images/appearance-decorators.png" alt="appearance-decorators.png" />
|
||||
<p>La decoració determina l'aspecte de les finestres i tots els elements de la interfície. Ara per ara Haiku vé amb només una decoració. Si trobeu i instal·leu altres decoracions, podeu triar-ne altres des del menú desplegable.</p>
|
||||
<p>Haiku's default decorator lets you set the arrow style of the scroll bar: either single arrows at the end of scrollbars to conserve a bit of space, or double arrows — the traditional BeOS way — potentially saving some mouse moving when scrolling up and down or left and right...</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2011, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -151,13 +151,14 @@ This type-ahead filtering is set in the <a href="#tracker-preferences.html">Trac
|
||||
<br />So, in short, the not so obvious settings:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Desktop</span> - Decide if all mounted disks appear directly on the Desktop or in a window after clicking a single Disk icon sitting on the Desktop.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Windows</span> - You can set <span class="menu">Single window navigation</span>, i.e. a double-clicked folder doesn't open in its own window, but inside the already open window instead, replacing the view of it's parent folder. This is not the same as clicking while holding the <span class="key">OPT</span> key, as described above, because you'll lose the per window saved position and size.
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Windows</span> - You can set <span class="menu">Single window navigation</span>, i.e. a double-clicked folder doesn't open in its own window, but inside the already open window instead, replacing the view of its parent folder. This is not the same as clicking while holding the <span class="key">OPT</span> key, as described above, because you'll lose the per window saved position and size.
|
||||
<br /><br /></p>
|
||||
<img src="images/tracker-images/tracker-preferences-navigator.png" alt="tracker-preferences-navigator.png" />
|
||||
<p>Before you switch Tracker to Single Window Navigation mode, because that may feel more familiar to you, we recommend giving the menu based browsing a try first, as that may actually work much faster for you after getting used to. On the other hand, single window browsing offers a <i>Navigator</i> where you can enter or copy & paste a path name and use back, forward and up buttons.</p>
|
||||
<p>Before you switch Tracker to <span class="menu">Single window navigation mode</span>, because that may feel more familiar to you, we recommend giving the menu based browsing a try first, as that may actually work much faster for you after getting used to. On the other hand, single window browsing offers a <i>Navigator</i> where you can enter or copy & paste a path name and use back, forward and up buttons.</p>
|
||||
<p>Activating <span class="menu">Type-ahead filtering</span> will filter the contents of a Tracker window while you type to only display the files matching your string in their name or any currently displayed attribute. See <a href="#type-ahead-filter">above</a>.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Trash</span> - Set the behavior when deleting a file.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Volume icons</span> - Set the color of an optional indicator of free space that's shown besides a disk's icon.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Disk mount</span> - Define when and what disks are mounted automatically, as described above under <a href="#mounting-volumes">"Mounting volumes"</a>.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>This panel, by the way, is also available as <span class="app">Tracker</span> from Deskbar's <span class="menu">Preferences</span>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
|
||||
<h1>Tutorial: Xarxes sense fil</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Getting the networking to run is essential in today's need for permanent internet connection. As keeping up to date with all the different and ever changing hardware and drivers is quite impossible for a small project, Haiku relies on a <a href="http://www.freebsd.org">FreeBSD</a> compatibility layer for its networking drivers.<br />
|
||||
This ensures a massive amount of supported hardware, though probably not 100% of what's out there. See <a href="https://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/wireless#hardware-notes">this list online</a> for a list of supported models or check <a href="http://www.freebsd.org/releases/9.2R/hardware.html#wlan">FreeBSD 9.2's release hardware notes</a>.</p>
|
||||
This ensures a massive amount of supported hardware, though probably not 100% of what's out there. See <a href="https://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/wireless#hardware-notes">this list online</a> for a list of supported models or check <a href="http://www.freebsd.org/releases/9.3R/hardware.html#wlan">FreeBSD 9.3's release hardware notes</a>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Currently only PCI, PCI-X, PCI-Express, Mini PCI, and Mini PCI-Express devices are expected to work.<br />
|
||||
PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, USB and ISA devices still need more work to become functional.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2015, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -62,23 +62,24 @@
|
||||
<h1>Anwendungen</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Vor der Beschreibung all der von Haiku mitgelieferten Anwendungen, eine Erklärung wie Programme installiert und deinstalliert werden. Am einfachsten geht das suchen, installieren, updaten und deinstallieren von Anwendungen mit Haikus Paketmanagement. Da Haiku allerdings auch weitgehend binär- und source-kompatibel zu seinem Vorfahren BeOS ist, stößt man vielleicht ab und zu auch noch auf alte Archive (.zip und .pkg), die immer noch installiert werden können.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Nachfolgend ist immer die <tt>~/config/</tt> Hierarchie im Home-Ordner beschrieben. Falls Pakete mit alles Benutzern geteilt werde sollen (sobald Haiku mehrbenutzerfähig wird), muss die entsprechend gespiegelte Hierarchie unter <tt>/system/</tt> benutzt werden. Für mehr Infos, siehe <a href="filesystem-layout.html">Dateisystem Layout</a>.</div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Nachfolgend ist immer die <tt>/system/</tt> Hierarchie beschrieben. Falls Pakete nur für einen einzigen Benutzern installiert werden sollen (sobald Haiku mehrbenutzerfähig wird), muss die entsprechend gespiegelte Hierarchie i Home-Ordner benutzt werden: <tt>~/config/</tt>. Für mehr Infos, siehe <a href="filesystem-layout.html">Dateisystem Layout</a>.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="hpkg" name="hpkg">Haiku Pakete (.hpkg)</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Am einfachsten benutzt man <a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a> um ein Paket zu finden, installieren und zu deinstallieren. Ist das nicht möglich — vielleicht wurde das Paket irgendwo heruntergeladen, weil es (noch) nicht in einem öffentlichen Repository ist — ist die manuelle Installation eigentlich genauso einfach: Man verschiebt die .hpkg Datei einfach nach <tt>~/config/packages/</tt>. </p>
|
||||
<p>Die neu installierte Anwendung taucht in <tt>~/config/apps/</tt> auf oder, im Falle eines Konsolen-Programms, in <tt>~/config/bin/</tt>. Alle anderen Dateien, die das Programm benötigt (Bibliotheken, Daten, Add-Ons etc.) erscheinen automatisch an den richtigen Orten im Dateisystem.</p>
|
||||
<p>Am einfachsten benutzt man <a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a> um ein Paket zu finden, installieren und zu deinstallieren. Wurde ein Paket von irgendwo anders heruntergeladen — vielleicht weil es (noch) nicht in einem öffentlichen Repository ist — öffnet man es einfach per Doppelklick in HaikuDepot und installiert es von dort.</p>
|
||||
<p>Die neu installierte Anwendung taucht in <tt>/system/apps/</tt> auf oder, im Falle eines Konsolen-Programms, in <tt>/system/bin/</tt>. Alle anderen Dateien, die das Programm benötigt (Bibliotheken, Daten, Add-Ons etc.) erscheinen automatisch an den richtigen Orten im Dateisystem.</p>
|
||||
<p>In den Kapiteln <a href="deskbar.html">Deskbar</a> und <a href="desktop-applets/launchbox.html">LaunchBox</a> ist beschrieben wie man Verknüpfungen zu den neu installierten Anwendung herstellt.</p>
|
||||
<p>Die Deinstallation ist genauso einfach: Man verschiebt das Paket einfach wieder aus dem Ordner <tt>~/config/packages/</tt>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Obwohl man eine .hpkg Datei wie jedes andere Archiv entpacken kann, macht das das Paketmanagement beim Installieren eines Pakets gerade nicht. Es sieht nur so aus, als würde das darunterliegende Dateisystem die Dateien in die entsprechenden Ordner verteilen. In Wahrheit findet eben kein physisches Herumverteilen statt, weswegen das Installieren/Deinstalliern auch so schnell und sauber funktionert.</div>
|
||||
<p>Ist ein Paket von einer anderen Bibliothek oder anderen Paketen abhängig, erscheint ein Fenster mit der Nachfrage, ob die benötigten Dateien ebenfalls heruntergeladen und installiert werden sollen.</p>
|
||||
<p>Die Deinstallation ist genauso einfach: Einfach das Paket in HaikuDepot suchen und <span class="button">Deinstallieren</span> klicken.</p>
|
||||
<p>Arbeitet man im Terminal oder möchte Pakete in einem Skript de/installieren, sollte man sich mit dem Befehl <tt>pkgman --help</tt> vertraut machen.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="beos_apps" name="beos_apps">Alte BeOS Archive (.zip und .pkg)</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>BeOS Archive, die alles nötige in ihrem Anwendungsordner mitbringen, können einfach irgendwo unter <tt>/boot/home/</tt> entpackt werden (ein Doppelklick öffnet den <span class="app">Entpacker</span> bzw. den alten <span class="app">PackageInstaller</span>) und von dort gestartet werden. Die Deinstallation solcher in sich geschlossenen Anwendung ist auch einfach: Man löscht einfach den Anwendungsordner.</p>
|
||||
<p>Obiges gilt für die Mehrheit an alten BeOS Anwendungen. Wenn man allerdings an eine gerät die nicht auf Anhieb funktioniert, weil sie Dateien an fest einprogrammierte Orte verteilen will, deren Existenz nicht gewährleistet ist, kann man versuchen das manuell zu beheben. Der Ordner <tt>~/config/non-packaged/</tt> gestattet das Anlegen der benötigten Ordner-Hierarchie. Das wird immer seltener nötig werden, während die Anzahl richtiger .hpkg Pakete zunimmt und alte BeOS Anwendungen entsprechend umgepackt werden. Der Artikel "<a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/install-applications">Installing applications</a>" zeigt online, wie die <tt>non-packaged</tt> Hierarchie zu benutzen ist.</p>
|
||||
<p>Obiges gilt für die Mehrheit an alten BeOS Anwendungen. Wenn man allerdings an eine gerät die nicht auf Anhieb funktioniert, weil sie Dateien an fest einprogrammierte Orte verteilen will, deren Existenz nicht gewährleistet ist, kann man versuchen das manuell zu beheben. Der Ordner <tt>/system/non-packaged/</tt> gestattet das Anlegen der benötigten Ordner-Hierarchie. Das wird immer seltener nötig werden, während die Anzahl richtiger .hpkg Pakete zunimmt und alte BeOS Anwendungen entsprechend umgepackt werden. Der Artikel "<a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/install-applications">Installing applications</a>" zeigt online, wie die <tt>non-packaged</tt> Hierarchie zu benutzen ist.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -89,8 +90,6 @@
|
||||
<td valign="top">Ein Programm zur Anzeige unterschiedlicher Systemressourcen wie CPU-Auslastung oder Speicherverbrauch.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/bootmanager.html"><acronym title="BootManager">Bootmanager</acronym></a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Ein Tool zum Installieren eines Bootmenüs im MBR (Master Boot Record) eines Laufwerks.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/cdplayer-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/cdplayer.html"><acronym title="CDPlayer">CD-Player</acronym></a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Ein Player für Audio CDs.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/charactermap-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/charactermap.html"><acronym title="CharacterMap">Zeichentabelle</acronym></a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Ein Programm zum Anzeigen einer Unicode Zeichentabelle.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/codycam-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/codycam.html"><acronym title="CodyCam">Webcam</acronym></a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="activitymonitor.html">ActivityMonitor</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Anwendungen</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="charactermap.html">CharacterMap</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Ansonsten kann mit <span class="button">Installieren</span> der Installationspro
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="activitymonitor.html">ActivityMonitor</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Anwendungen</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="charactermap.html">CharacterMap</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="../../en/applications/charactermap.html"><img src="../../images/flags/gb.png" alt="" />English</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer</a>
|
||||
« <a href="bootmanager.html">BootManager</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Anwendungen</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="codycam.html">CodyCam</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer</a>
|
||||
« <a href="bootmanager.html">BootManager</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Anwendungen</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="codycam.html">CodyCam</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2012, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -90,11 +90,14 @@ Soll eine Verknüpfung erstellt werden?" "Auf dem Desktop" "In der Deskbar" "Nei
|
||||
<pre class="terminal">filepanel -s -t "Logdatei speichern" -d ~/config/settings -n Spitzen.log</pre>
|
||||
<p><img src="../images/apps-images/cli-filepanel.png" alt="cli-alert.png" /></p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p>Mittels <span class="cli">waitfor</span> lässt sich auf den Start bzw. die Beendigung eines bestimmten Threads oder einer Anwendung warten.</p>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">hey</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">hey</span> ist ein kleines tool das BMessages an Anwendungen sendet und deren Antwort ausgibt. Es kann zum Skripten von Anwendungen benutzt werden, also zum "Fernsteuern" von Programmen mittels Skripts oder von der Kommandozeile aus. Das ist leider etwas kompliziert... Aber Dank Scot Hacker's BeOS Bible gibt es ein schönes <a href="http://www.birdhouse.org/beos/bible/bos/ch_scripting6.html">hey Tutorial</a> von Chris Herborth.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">query</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">query</span> ist die Konsolen-Variante des Find Panels. Um eine Suchformel bequem zu generieren lässt sich übrigens sehr gut eben dieses Find Panel benutzen: Einfach dort die entsprechende Suche zusammenklicken, dann umschalten zum "<span class="menu">by formula</span>" Mode, Anführungszeichen (<tt>"</tt>) an Anfang und Ende und anschließend das Ganze hinter den <span class="cli">query</span> Befehl ins Terminal oder Skript einfügen.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p>Mittels <span class="cli">waitfor</span> lässt sich auf den Start bzw. die Beendigung eines bestimmten Threads oder einer Anwendung warten.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr></table>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -102,7 +105,7 @@ Soll eine Verknüpfung erstellt werden?" "Auf dem Desktop" "In der Deskbar" "Nei
|
||||
|
||||
<table summary="scripting cli tools" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span> ist ein wichtiges Tool um das Dateisystem zu überprüfen. Es wird einfach ein Partitions- oder Gerätename übergeben, um dort jede Datei durchzusehen und Inkonsistenzen zu beheben, sofern möglich.</p>
|
||||
<td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span> ist ein wichtiges Tool um das Dateisystem zu überprüfen. Es wird einfach ein Partitionsname, beispielsweise <span class="path">/Haiku</span> oder ein Device-Pfad übergeben, um dort alle Dateien durchzusehen und Inkonsistenzen zu beheben, sofern möglich.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">desklink</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p>Mit <span class="cli">desklink</span> kann im Deskbar Tray ein Icon für jedwede Datei, Ordner, Query oder Anwendung installiert werden. Dabei gibt es die Möglichkeit bei einem Rechtsklick auf das entsprechende Icon ein Kontextmenü mit besonderen Funktionen anzubieten. Folgendes Beispiel macht das mit dem Konsolenprogramm <span class="app">screenshot</span> (das "<tt>\</tt>" in der ersten Zeile dient nur einem Zeilenumbruch im Terminal):</p>
|
||||
@ -112,7 +115,7 @@ Soll eine Verknüpfung erstellt werden?" "Auf dem Desktop" "In der Deskbar" "Nei
|
||||
<p><img src="../images/apps-images/cli-desklink.png" alt="cli-alert.png" /></p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">diskimage</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p>MIttels <span class="cli">diskimage</span> können normale Dateien als "Disk" angemeldet werden. So lässt dich beispielsweise ein Haiku Anyboot Image anmelden. Anschließend kann es per Tracker eingehängt werden, um Dateien darauf zu kopieren, zu ändern oder zu löschen, bevor man es als Quelle für den Installer benutzt.</p>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p>Mittels <span class="cli">diskimage</span> können normale Dateien als "Disk" angemeldet werden. So lässt dich beispielsweise ein Haiku Anyboot Image anmelden. Anschließend kann es per Tracker eingehängt werden, um Dateien darauf zu kopieren, zu ändern oder zu löschen, bevor man es als Quelle für den Installer benutzt.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">open</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">open</span> ist ein nützliches kleines Tool. Es öffnet jedwede Datei mit ihrer bevorzugten Anwendung oder startet eine bestimmte Anwendung anhand ihrer Signatur ohne ihren genauen Pfad kennen zu müssen. Das funktioniert auch mit URLs und sogar den "virtuellen" Verzeichnissen, <tt>.</tt> für das aktuelle Verzeichnis und <tt>..</tt> für das übergeordnete, die dann im Tracker geöffnet werden.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2013 Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2013-2014 Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -56,6 +56,17 @@
|
||||
<div id="content">
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
|
||||
<table class="index" id="index" summary="index">
|
||||
<tr class="heading"><td>Index</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr class="index"><td><a href="#filter">Filter</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#list">Paketliste</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#info">Infobereich</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#menu">Werkzeuge und Einstellungen</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#account">Benutzerkonto einrichten</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#rating">Bewerten und kommentieren</a><br />
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/apps-images/haikudepot-icon_64.png" alt="haikudepot-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />HaikuDepot</h2>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td>Deskbar:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><span class="menu">Anwendungen</span></td></tr>
|
||||
@ -63,45 +74,77 @@
|
||||
<tr><td>Einstellungen:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>HaikuDepot ist die zentrale Anwendung, um Software-Pakete zu managen. Mir ihr lassen sich Repositories (auch "Depots" genannt) durchstöbern und Pakete installieren, aktualisieren und deinstallieren.</p>
|
||||
<p>HaikuDepot ist die zentrale Anwendung, um Software-Pakete zu managen. Mit ihr lassen sich Repositories (auch "Depots" genannt) durchstöbern und Pakete installieren, aktualisieren und deinstallieren. HaikuDepot öffnet sich mit einer Liste empfohlener Pakete. Sobald man jedoch einen Suchbegriff eingibt oder eine Kategorie auswählt, ändert sich die Darstellung zu kleineren Icons und es werden weitere Informationen in Spalten angezeigt.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot.png" alt="haikudepot.png" />
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Filter</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="filter" name="filter">Filter</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Ganz oben hat man einige Möglichkeiten, die Paketliste darunter zu filtern:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>Unter dem <span class="menu">Zeige</span> Menü kann man die Liste auf bestimmte Kategorien begrenzen, wie "<i>Audio</i>" oder "<i>Spiele</i>". Außerdem kann man sich auch nur die bereits installierten Pakete anzeigen lassen, oder nur diejenigen, für die ein Update zur verfügbar ist.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Im <span class="menu">Depot</span> Menü bestimmt man welche Repositories überhaupt in der Liste auftauchen sollen.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Die im <span class="menu">Suchbegriffe</span> Textfeld eingegebenen Wörter filtern die Liste entsprechend.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Mit dem <span class="menu">Kategorien</span> Menü lässt sich die Liste auf bestimmte Kategorien wie "<i>Audio</i>" oder "<i>Spiele</i>" begrenzen. </p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Im <span class="menu">Depot</span> Menü bestimmt man welche Online-Depots überhaupt in der Liste auftauchen sollen, oder ob nur die Pakete gelistet werden sollen, die aus anderen Quellen als Online-Depots gekommen sind ("<i>Lokal</i>"). Diese können beispielsweise von einem USB Stick kopiert, oder von irgendeiner Webseite heruntergeladen, oder auch selbst gebaut worden sein.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Die im <span class="menu">Suchbegriffe</span> Textfeld eingegebenen Zeichen filtern die Liste auf die Pakete, die alle (per Leerzeichen getrennten) Wörter in Namen oder Beschreibung haben.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Paketliste</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="list" name="list">Paketliste</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Wie in jedem Tracker-Fenster, lässt sich aus einem Kontextmenü per Rechtsklick auf einen Spaltentitel auswählen, welche Spalten anzezeigt werden sollen. Ein Linksklick sortiert die Liste nach der entsprechenden Spalte, und natürlich kann man die Anordnung ändern, indem man eine Spalte an eine andere Position zieht.</p>
|
||||
<p>In der entsprechenden Spalte eines Pakets können unterschiedliche Status angezeigt werden:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Verfügbar</span>:Das Paket existiert in diesem Depot und es kann heruntergalden und installiert werden. Bestehen Abhängigkeiten zu anderen Paketen, so wird einem dies bei der Installation mitgeteilt und man hat die Wahl alles Nötige ebenfalls herunterzuladen und installieren zu lassen.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Aktiviert</span>: Das Paket ist momentan installiert und benutzbar.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Verfügbar</span>:Das Paket existiert in diesem Depot und es kann heruntergalden und installiert werden. Bestehen Abhängigkeiten zu anderen Paketen, so wird einem dies bei der Installation mitgeteilt und man hat die Wahl alles Nötige ebenfalls herunterzuladen und installieren zu lassen.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Ausstehend / %</span>: <i>Ausstehend</i> wird bei Paketen angezeigt, die darauf warten heruntergeladen/installiert zu werden. Der Fortschritt beim Herunterladen wird dann als Prozentangabe dargestellt.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Update verfügbar</span>: Eine neuere Version als die installierte ist verfügbar.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>Mittels der gepunkteten Linie zwischen Paketliste und Infobereich, lässt sich die Höhe der Liste verändern.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Infobereich</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="info" name="info">Infobereich</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Ganz unten befindet sich ein Bereich mit Informationen des momentan in der Liste ausgewählten Pakets.<br />
|
||||
Rechts neben Paketname, Autor, Bewertung und Version befindet sich ein Button, mit dem sich ein Paket – je nach aktuellen Status – <span class="button">Installieren</span>, <span class="button">Deinstallieren</span> oder <span class="button">Updaten</span> lässt.</p>
|
||||
<p>Darunter befinden sich drei Reiter:</p>
|
||||
Rechts neben Paketname, Autor, Bewertung und Version befindet sich ein Button, mit dem sich ein Paket – je nach aktuellem Status – <span class="button">Installieren</span>, <span class="button">Deinstallieren</span> oder <span class="button">Updaten</span> lässt. Ist ein Paket bereits installiert, erscheint dort ein weiterer Button, um die Anwendung zu <span class="button">Öffnen</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Darunter befinden sich drei Reiter: Über, Bewertungen und Änderungsprotokoll.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>In <span class="menu">Über</span> findet man eine ausführlichere Beschreibung des Pakets, sowie falls vorhanden, Bildschirmfotos, Kontaktadresse und URL des Team, das die Software betreut.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Unter <span class="menu">Bewertungen</span> kann man, falls vorhanden, Kommentare und Bewertungen von anderen Benutzern lesen. Mittels der kleinen Daumen-rauf/runter-Icons rechts, kann man die einzelnen Kommentare bewerten.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>Im <span class="menu">Änderungsprotokoll</span> ist die Historie der veröffentlichten Versionen des Pakets nachzulesen.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5252"><span class="menu">Über</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5253">
|
||||
Hier findet man eine ausführlichere Beschreibung des Pakets, sowie falls vorhanden, Bildschirmfotos, Kontaktadresse und URL des Teams, das die Software betreut. Klickt man auf ein Bildschirmfoto, öffnet es sich in voller Größe in einem neuen Fenster.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5254"><span class="menu">Bewertungen</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5255">Der zweite Reiter zeigt, falls vorhanden, Bewertungen und Kommentare von Benutzern.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png" alt="haikudepot-rating-tab.png" />
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5268">
|
||||
Links befindet sich eine Statistik, die zeigt wieviele Sterne (zwischen 1 und 5) das Paket von wievielen Benutzern erhalten hat.<br />
|
||||
In der Mitte folgen die Kommentare der Benutzer mit ihren Namen, die Anzahl der vergebenen Sterne und die Paketversion, die bewertet oder kommentiert wurde. Wie man selbst eine Bewertung abgeben kann, steht <a href="#rating">weiter unten</a>.<br />
|
||||
Mittels der kleinen Daumen-rauf/runter-Icons rechts, kann man die einzelnen Kommentare bewerten.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5257"><span class="menu">Änderungsprotokoll</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5258">Im letzten Reiter lässt sich die Historie der veröffentlichten Versionen des Pakets nachlesen.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Werkzeuge und Einstellungen</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="menu" name="menu">Werkzeuge und Einstellungen</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Im <span class="menu">Werkzeuge</span> Menü ganz oben im HaikuDepot-Fenster findet sich der Menüpunkt <span class="menu">Depots aktualisieren</span>. Er fordert eine aktuelle Liste aller verfügbaren Pakete der Repositories an.</p>
|
||||
<p>Im <span class="menu">Einstellungen</span> Menü gibt es die Optionen zum <span class="menu">Entwicklungs-Pakete anzeigen</span> und <span class="menu">Quellcode-Pakete anzeigen</span> in der Paketliste. Für den normalen Benutzer sind sie nicht so interessant und blähen die Paketliste nur unnötig auf. Sie sind sie allerdings wichtig für Leute, die deren Bibliotheken, Header-Dateien etc. brauchen, um darauf aufbauende Programme zu entwickeln und zu kompilieren.</p>
|
||||
<p>Interessanter sind die beiden anderen Menüpunkte, <span class="menu">Verfügbare Pakete anzeigen</span> und <span class="menu">Installierte Pakete anzeigen</span>, die wohl keiner weiteren Erklärung bedürfen.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="account" name="account">Benutzerkonto einrichten</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Um ein Paket bewerten zu können, benötigt man ein Benutzerkonto beim <a href="http://depot.haiku-os.org">Haiku Depot Server</a>, der die ganzen Pakete bereitstellt und alle Bewertungen und Kommentare der Benutzer verwaltet. Ein Konto lässt sich innerhalb der HaikuDepot Anwendung anlegen, indem man auf das Menü ganz rechts in der Menüleiste klickt, das den aktuellen Status anzeigt: <span class="menu">Nicht angemeldet</span>. Wählt man <span class="menu">Anmelden...</span>, öffnet sich ein Fenster mit zwei Reitern; einen zur Eingabe von Benutzername und Kennwort (soblad man die hat) um sich anzumelden, und der andere um ein neues Benutzerkonto einzurichten:</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png" alt="haikudepot-login-tab.png" />
|
||||
<p>Für ein neues Benutzerkonto muss man:</p>
|
||||
<ul><li>einen Benutzernamen wählen, der nur aus Kleinbuchstaben ohne Sonderzeichen besteht.</li>
|
||||
<li>ein Kennwort wählen, das aus mindestens 8 Zeichen mit 2 Großbuchstaben und 2 Zahlen besteht.</li>
|
||||
<li>eine funktionierende Email-Addresse angeben (falls man ein neues Kennwort zugeschickt bekommen möchte, wenn man es mal vergisst).</li>
|
||||
<li>das Captcha-Rätsel lösen.</li></ul>
|
||||
<p>Nach der Anmeldung zeigt das Menü oben rechts im HaikuDepot Fenster den Status: <span class="menu">Angemeldet als (...)</span>, mit dem eigenen Benutzernamen. Aus dem Menü lässt sich nun <span class="menu">Konto wechseln...</span> oder <span class="menu">Abmelden</span> wählen.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="rating" name="rating">Bewerten und kommentieren</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Sobald man ein Benutzerkonto angelegt und sich angemeldet hat, kann man Pakete bewerten und, wenn man will, auch kommentieren. Lässt man den Mauszeiger über den Bewertungssternen des Infobereichs schweben, verwandeln sie sich in einen Button zum <span class="button">Paket bewerten...</span>. Ein Klick darauf öffnet das Bewertungsfenster:</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png" alt="haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png" />
|
||||
<p>Hier bringt man mit dem Mauszeiger die Sterne zum aufleuchten und wählt so eine entsprechende Bewertung. Es lassen sich unterschiedliche Stabilitätsstufen vergeben und die Sprache für den optionalen Kommentar auswählen. Um einen sinnvollen Kommentar abgeben zu können, sollte man die Anwendung schon eine Weile benutzt haben, um ihre Features, Bugs und Eigenheiten kennegelernt zu haben. Außerdem sollte man keine großen Romane schreiben... lieber kurz und bündig und dabei immer höflich bleiben. :)<br />
|
||||
Klickt man auf <span class="button">Senden</span> werden die Daten zum Server geschickt. Bevor man seine Änderungen sehen kann, muss man ggf. aus dem <span class="menu">Werkzeuge</span> Menü <span class="menu">Depots aktualisieren</span> anwählen.</p>
|
||||
<p>Bewertung und Kommentar lassen sich jederzeit ändern. Die Bewertung lässt auch komplett vor anderen Benutzern verbergen, indem man die Option <span class="menu">Diese Bewertung ist für andere Anwender sichtbar</span> abwählt.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="expander.html">Expander</a>
|
||||
@ -109,6 +152,6 @@ Rechts neben Paketname, Autor, Bewertung und Version befindet sich ein Button, m
|
||||
:: <a href="icon-o-matic.html">Icon-O-Matic</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2011, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -105,29 +105,25 @@ Dann folgen Optionen zur <span class="menu">Untertitelgröße</span> und <span c
|
||||
<h2>Tastenkürzel</h2>
|
||||
<p>Media-Player kennt einige nützliche Tastenkürzel um die Wiedergabe zu steuern ohne die Maus zu benutzen.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="keycombos" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="key">Y</span></td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td>Zum vorigen Track springen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="key">Y</span></td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td>Voriger Track</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="key">X</span></td><td></td><td>Wiedergabe</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="key">C</span></td><td></td><td>Pause</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="key">V</span></td><td></td><td>Stopp</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="key">B</span></td><td></td><td>Zum nächsten Track springen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="key">B</span></td><td></td><td>Nächster Track</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p>Diese Tasten sind den Funktionen der entsprechenden Bedienknöpfe zugeordnet. Es sind immer die Tasten unten rechts auf der Tastatur, das bedeutet sie sind unabhängig vom verwendeten Tastaturlayout. Die genannten Tasten entsprechen einer deutschen Standard-Tastatur.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="keycombos" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">→</span></td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td>Vorwärts spulen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>10 Sekunden vorwärts springen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>30 Sekunden vorwärts springen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>Rückwärts spulen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>10 Sekunden rückwärts springen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>30 Sekunden rückwärts springen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td>Rückwärts/Vorwärts spulen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>10 Sekunden rückwärts/vorwärts springen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>30 Sekunden rückwärts/vorwärts springen</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Lauter</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↓</span></td><td></td><td>Leiser</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↓</span> / <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Leiser/Lauter</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Zum vorigen Track springen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↓</span></td><td></td><td>Zum nächsten Track springen</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↓</span> / <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Nächster/Voriger Track</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">LEERTASTE</span></td><td></td><td>Wiedergabe/Pause umschalten</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">RETURN</span></td><td></td><td>Vollbild-Modus umschalten (auch durch Doppelklick ins Bild)</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">RETURN</span></td><td></td><td>Vollbild-Modus umschalten (auch durch Doppelklick ins Bild oder <span class="key">F</span> oder <span class="key">TAB</span> Taste)</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td class="onelinetop" align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">0</span> / <span class="key">1</span> / <span class="key">2</span> / <span class="key">3</span></td><td></td><td>Ändert das Seitenverhältnis zu <span class="menu">Stream-Einstellungen</span> (wie das Video kodiert wurde), <span class="menu">Seitenverhältnis nicht korrigieren</span> (bildet die Pixel 1:1 auf dem Bildschirm ab), <span class="menu">4:3</span>, <span class="menu">16:9</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -61,12 +61,12 @@
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td>Deskbar:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><span class="menu">Anwendungen</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Ort:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Pe</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Benutzerhandbuch:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation.html</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Benutzerhandbuch:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Einstellungen:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/pe/*</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>Pe ist ein sehr umfangreiches Schreibprogramm, dessen Syntax-Hervorhebung hauptsächlich auf Programmierer und für HTML-Dokumente zugeschnitten ist. Pe wurde von Maarten Hekkelmann programmiert und wird, seit dem es quelloffen ist, von Haiku-Entwicklern gepflegt. Eine detaillierte Beschreibung ist auf der <a href="http://developer.berlios.de/projects/pe-editor/">Projekt Seite</a> von Pe vorhanden.</p>
|
||||
<p>Es ist auch lokal eine <a href="file:///boot/apps/Pe/Documentation.html">Beschreibung des Funktionsumfanges</a> gespeichert.</p>
|
||||
<p>Pe ist ein sehr umfangreicher Texteditor, dessen Syntax-Hervorhebung hauptsächlich auf Programmierer und für HTML-Dokumente zugeschnitten ist. Pe wurde von Maarten Hekkelmann programmiert und wird, seit dem es quelloffen ist, von Haiku-Entwicklern gepflegt. Eine detaillierte Beschreibung findet sich auf der <a href="http://developer.berlios.de/projects/pe-editor/">Projekt Seite</a> von Pe.</p>
|
||||
<p>Eine <a href="file:///boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html">Beschreibung des Funktionsumfangs</a> ist auch lokal verfügbar.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Im <span class="menu">Log</span> Reiter kann man die Aufzeichnung der Ereignisse
|
||||
Im <span class="menu">Erweitert</span> Reiter lässt sich die maximale Anzahl gleichzeitiger Verbindungen einstellen.</p>
|
||||
<p>Die Befehle in der Menüleiste des Konsolenfensters sind selbsterklärend. Mit ihnen lässt sich die Konsolenausgabe oder Teile davon speichern, die Konsolenaufzeichnung bzw. Log-Datei leeren, der Server starten und anhalten und der Zugriffszähler zurücksetzen.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Um auszuprobieren, ob PoorMan funktioniert, kann man einfach mal <span class="path"><acronym title="/boot/apps/BePDF/docs/">/boot/Anwendungen/BePDF/docs/</acronym></span> als Ordner und <span class="cli">index.html</span> als Startseite einstellen. Dann springt man im Browser zur Adresse 127.0.0.1, also dem localhost.</div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Um auszuprobieren, ob PoorMan funktioniert, kann man einfach mal <span class="path"><acronym title="/boot/system/apps/BePDF/docs/">/boot/Anwendungen/BePDF/docs/</acronym></span> als Ordner und <span class="cli">index.html</span> als Startseite einstellen. Dann springt man im Browser zur Adresse 127.0.0.1, also dem localhost.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -82,18 +82,23 @@ Als Standard, <tt>%1d: %p</tt>, zeigt ein Reiter den aktuellen Ordner und per <t
|
||||
Mittels <span class="menu">Bearbeiten | Fenstertitel...</span> kann der Fenstertitel des Terminals auf ähnliche Weise definiert werden.</p>
|
||||
<p>Ein Rechtsklick auf einen Reiter öffnet ein Kontextmenü, um <span class="menu">Reiter schließen</span> oder <span class="menu">Andere Reiter schließen</span> oder wie durch Doppelklick <span class="menu">Reiter umbenennen...</span> zu können.</p>
|
||||
<p>Ein Terminal-Fenster kann wie jedes andere Programmfenster in seiner Größe verändert werden. Es sind auch vorgegebene Einstellungen unter <span class="menu">Einstellungen | Fenstergröße</span> vorhanden. Mittels <span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">RETURN</span> kann in den Vollbildmodus (und zurück) geschaltet werden.</p>
|
||||
<p>Geänderte Fenstergröße und Text-Kodierung werden nur behalten, wenn sie mit dem Menüpunkt <span class="menu">Einstellungen | Als Standard speichern</span> als Voreinstellung gespeichert werden.</p>
|
||||
<p>Alle Einstellungen, die direkt im Menü <span class="menu">Einstellungen</span> geändert werden, <span class="menu">Fenstertitel</span>, <span class="menu">Fenstergröße</span>, <span class="menu">Kodierung</span> oder <span class="menu">Schriftgröße</span>, bleiben durch in der aktuellen Sitzung erhalten. Will man diese Änderungen dauerhaft behalten, müssen sie im Panel <span class="menu">Einstellungen...</span> vorgenommen werden.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="settings" name="settings">Einstellungen</a></h2>
|
||||
<p><span class="menu">Einstellungen | Einstellungen...</span> öffnet ein Fenster, um die Standardeinstellungen eines Terminals zu konfigurieren.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/terminal-settings.png" alt="terminal-settings.png" />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
<p>Zuerst kommen die "Formeln" zur Benennung von Reiter- und Fenstertiteln. Wieder werden die verschiedenen Variablen durch einen Tooltip gezeigt. Darunter stellt man die Schriftart und -größe und verschiedene Text- und Hintergrundfarben ein. Entweder verwendet man vordefinierte Farbschema wie <span class="menu">Schwarz auf Weiß</span> oder <span class="menu">Weiß auf Schwarz</span> oder erstellt ein Schema <span class="menu">Benutzdefiniert</span>, indem man die Farbregler darunter benutzt.<br />
|
||||
Wird die Option <span class="menu">Beenden bestätigen, falls noch aktive Programme laufen</span> aktiviert, erscheint eine Warnung wenn man ein Terminal-Fenster schließen möchte, in dem gerade noch ein Programm ausgeführt wird.<br />
|
||||
Unterschiedliche Einstellungen lassen sich in getrennten Profilen speichern, die bei einem Doppelklick ein entsprechend konfiguriertes Terminal starten.<br />
|
||||
<span class="button">OK</span> speichert die aktuellen Einstellungen als Standardwerte.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Die meisten Einstellungen sind selbsterklärend.<br />
|
||||
Lässt man den Maszeiger über den "Formeln" für Reiter- und Fenstertitel schweben, werden die verschiedenen Variablen durch einen Tooltip erklärt.<br />
|
||||
Entweder verwendet man vordefinierte Farbschema wie <span class="menu">Mitternacht</span> oder <span class="menu">Retro</span> oder erstellt ein Schema <span class="menu">Benutzerdefiniert</span>, indem man die zu ändernde Farbe wählt (<span class="menu">Text</span>, <span class="menu">Hintergrund</span>, <span class="menu">Cursor</span> etc.) und den Farbregler darunter benutzt.</p>
|
||||
<p>Es folgen noch ein paar weitere Einstellungen: Man kann einen <span class="menu">Blinkenden Cursor</span> haben und einstellen, dass <span class="menu">Text heller statt fett gedruckt</span> wird. Letzteres umgeht die manchmal unansehnliche Anzeige fetter Buchstaben im Terminal<br />
|
||||
Wird die Option <span class="menu">Beenden bestätigen, falls noch aktive Programme laufen</span> aktiviert, erscheint eine Warnung wenn man ein Terminal-Fenster schließen möchte, in dem gerade noch ein Programm ausgeführt wird.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td class="onelinetop"><span class="button">In Datei speichern...</span></td><td width="10"> </td><td>Hiermit lassen sich unterschiedliche Einstellungen in getrennten Profilen speichern, die bei einem Doppelklick ein entsprechend konfiguriertes Terminal starten.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Anfangswerte</span></td><td> </td><td>Setzt die Einstellungen auf die Werte zurück, die beim Start des Einstellungspanels aktiv waren.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>Setzt alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="shortcuts" name="shortcuts">Tastaturkürzel</a></h2>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -48,9 +48,9 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="../../en/applications/vision.html"><img src="../../images/flags/gb.png" alt="" />English</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Anwendungen</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Anwendungen</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -67,6 +67,188 @@
|
||||
<p>Vision ist ein IRC Client, der ursprünglich für das BeOS entwickelt wurde. Auf der <a href="http://vision.sourceforge.net/">Vision Webseite</a> findet man Anleitung und Bugtracker.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">In den <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/community/irc">Haiku Kanälen</a> findet man in verschiedenen Sprachen Hilfe von anderen Benutzern und Entwicklern.<br />
|
||||
Am besten besucht, ist der englischsprachige Kanal #haiku von irc.freenode.org.</div>
|
||||
<p>Hier eine Liste von Befehlen, die in Vision eingegeben werden können. Sie wurden mit Genehmigung von der Vision Webseite kopiert. </p>
|
||||
<p>Die Syntax:</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>/BEFEHL</tt></td><td width="10"></td><td>der Befehl</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt><benötigt></tt></td><td></td><td>ein benötigter Parameter</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>[optional]</tt></td><td></td><td>ein optionaler Parameter</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>|</tt></td><td></td><td>eine Oder-Verknüpfung</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>...</tt></td><td></td><td>weitere Parameter möglich</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ABOUT</span><br />
|
||||
Öffnet Visions "Über" Fenster.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ACRONYM [Wort]</span><br />
|
||||
Öffnet www.acronymfinder.com mit der für HTML bevorzugten Anwendung.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/AWAY [Begründung]</span><br />
|
||||
Setzt den "Away" Status im aktuellen Netzwerk. Wird keine Begründung mit angegeben, wird er auf 'BRB' gesetzt ("be right back" - "Bin gleich zurück").</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/BACK</span><br />
|
||||
Setzt den Status im aktuellen Netzwerk zurück ("back" - "Bin zurück").</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/CLEAR</span><br />
|
||||
Leert den aktuellen Textpuffer.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/CTCP <Username|Kanal> <PING|VERSION|FINGER|TIME|CLIENTINFO|USERINFO></span><br />
|
||||
Wendet den angegebenen CTCP Befehl auf einen User oder Kanal an.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DCC <CHAT> <Username></span><br />
|
||||
Öffnet eine private DCC Chat Sitzung mit dem angegebenen Usern.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DCC <SEND> <Username> [Datei]</span><br />
|
||||
Schickt eine Datei an <Username>. Wird keine Datei angegeben, öffnet sich ein Auswahl-Dialog,</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DEOP /DOP /DEVOICE <Username1> [Username2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
De-ops oder de-voices <Username(n)>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DESCRIBE <Username> <Nachricht></span><br />
|
||||
Wie /ME, aber es wird eine Anfrage an <Username> geöffnet.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DNS <Domäne/IP Adresse></span><br />
|
||||
Löst die angegebene IP oder Domäne auf.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/EXIT</span><br />
|
||||
Beendet Vision.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GAWAY [Begründung]</span><br />
|
||||
Wie /AWAY, aber für alle verbundenen Netzwerke.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GBACK</span><br />
|
||||
Wie /BACK, aber für alle verbundenen Netzwerke.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GOOGLE [Suchbegriff]</span><br />
|
||||
Öffnet www.google.com mit der für HTML bevorzugte Anwendung.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/INVITE /I <Username> <Kanal></span><br />
|
||||
Lädt <Username> in den <Kanal> ein.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/JOIN /J <Kanal> [Kanal-Schlüssel]</span><br />
|
||||
Betritt den <Kanal>. Übergibt den [Kanal-Schlüssel], falls erforderlich.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/KICK /K <Username> [Begründung]</span><br />
|
||||
Kickt <Username> aus dem aktuellen Kanal. Wird keine [Begründung] angegeben, wird die in den Einstellungen definierte benutzt.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/KILL <Username> [Nachricht]</span><br />
|
||||
Der IRC Operator-Befehl um einen User aus dem Netzwerk zu werfen.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/LIST</span><br />
|
||||
Öffnet ein neues Panel mit einer Liste aller Kanäle des aktuellen Netzwerks [außer versteckte Kanäle].</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M</span><br />
|
||||
Zeigt die Kanal-Modi des aktuellen Kanals an.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M <+-ohvbeqa> <Username1> [Username2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Wie <span class="menu">MODE <Kanal> <Modi> <Username></span>, aber für den aktuellen Kanal.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M <+-kfL,l,psmntirRcOAQKVHGCuzN></span><br />
|
||||
Wie <span class="menu">/MODE <Kanal> <Modi></span>, aber für den aktuellen Kanal.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ME <Text></span><br />
|
||||
Anzeige: <i>* humdinger <Text>.</i></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MODE <Kanal> <+-ohvbeqa> <Username1> [Username2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Setzt den Modus für <Username(n)> auf <Kanal>.<br />
|
||||
z. B. <span class="menu">/MODE #Kanal +o Username</span><br />
|
||||
oder <span class="menu">/MODE #Kanal +oo-o Username1 Username2 Username3</span></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MODE <Kanal> <+-kfL,l,psmntirRcOAQKVHGCuzN></span><br />
|
||||
Setzt den Modus von <Kanal> (die Kommas dienen nur zur optischen Trennung).<br />
|
||||
z. B. <span class="menu">/MODE #Kanal +ms</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MSG <Username> <Nachricht></span><br />
|
||||
Schickt eine <Nachricht> an <Username>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NAMES</span><br />
|
||||
Listet alle Kanäle und alle User des Netzwerks im Netzwerkpanel auf (Achtung: damit sollte man vorsichtig sein).</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NAMES <Kanal></span><br />
|
||||
Listet alle User in <Kanal>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NICK <neuer-Username></span><br />
|
||||
Ändert den Usernamen zu <neuer-Username>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NOTICE <Username> <Nachricht></span><br />
|
||||
Schickt einen Hinweis mit der <Nachricht> an <Username>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NOTIFY <Username1> [Username2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Fügt <Username(n)> zur Benachrichtungsliste.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PEXEC /RRUN <Anwendung1> [ | <Anwendung2> | ... ]</span><br />
|
||||
Startet die angebene <Anwendung>. Wird mehr als eine Anwendung übergeben, werden sie nacheinander ausgeführt.<br />
|
||||
z. B. <span class="menu">/PEXEC Terminal | StyledEdit</span> öffnet ein Terminal und danach StyledEdit<br />
|
||||
oder <span class="menu">/PEXEC ls -la ~/Downloads/</span> zeigt den INhalt des ~/Downloads/ Ordner im aktuellen Fenster an (also Achtung!).</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/OP /VOICE <Username1> [Username2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
"Ops" oder "voices" für <Username(n)>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PART</span><br />
|
||||
Verlässt den aktuellen Kanal der Netzwerk.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PING <Username></span><br />
|
||||
Pingt <Username> und gibt die Ping-Zeit aus. Entspricht <span class="menu">/CTCP <Username> PING</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/QUERY /Q <Username> [Nachricht]</span><br />
|
||||
Öffnet ein Anfragefenster für <Username> und sendet optional gleich eine [Nachricht].</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/QUIT /QUI [eigene-Verabschiedung]</span><br />
|
||||
Verlässt das aktuelle Netzwerk. Wird keine [eigene-Verabschiedung] angegeben, wird die in den Einstellungen definierte benutzt.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/RAW /QUOTE <Befehl|Text></span><br />
|
||||
Sendet einen IRC Befehl.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/RECONNECT</span><br />
|
||||
Baut die Verbindung zum aktuellen Netzwerk erneut auf, wenn die 47 automatischen Versuche fehlgeschlagen sind.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/SLEEP <Dezi-Sekunden></span><br />
|
||||
Lässt den aktuellen Thread für die angegebene Zeit schlafen ; für zukünftiges Scripting.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/SQUIT</span><br />
|
||||
IRC Operator-Befehl um die Verbindung zu einen Server abzubrechen.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/T</span><br />
|
||||
Zeigt das Thema des aktuellen Kanals an.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/T <Neues-Kanal-Thema></span><br />
|
||||
Wie <span class="menu">/TOPIC <Kanal> <Neues-Kanal-Thema></span>, aber für den aktuellen Kanal.
|
||||
</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TIME <Usernam></span><br />
|
||||
Zeigt die lokale Zeit von <Username>. Entspricht <span class="menu">/CTCP <Username> TIME</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TOPIC <Kanal></span><br />
|
||||
Zeigt das Thema von <Kanal>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TOPIC <Kanal> <Neues-Kanal-Thema></span><br />
|
||||
Setzt das Thema von <Kanal> auf <Neues-Kanal-Thema>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/UNNOTIFY <Username1> [Username2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Entfernt <Username(n)> von der Benachrichtigungsiste.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/UPTIME [-l]</span><br />
|
||||
Zeigt die System-Laufzeit. Mit [-l] wird die Laufzeit nur lokal ausgegeben und nicht zum Netzwerk gesendet.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VERSION <Username></span><br />
|
||||
Zeigt die Version des IRC-Programms von <Username>. Entspricht <span class="menu">/CTCP <Username> VERSION</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VISIT <URL></span><br />
|
||||
Öffnet die <URL> mit der für HTML bevorzugten Anwendung.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WEBSTER /DICTIONARY [Wort]</span><br />
|
||||
Öffnet www.m-w.com (Merriam Webster) mit der für HTML bevorzugten Anwendung.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VUPTIME [-l]</span><br />
|
||||
Zeigt die Laufzeit von Vision. Der [-l] Parameter ist derselbe wie für <span class="menu">/UPTIME</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WALLOPS</span><br />
|
||||
IRC Operator-Befehl zum Senden einer "wallops" Nachricht (sichtbar für alle mit aktivem umode w.).</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WHOIS /W <Username></span><br />
|
||||
Zeigt whois Infos von <Username>.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
@ -74,9 +256,9 @@ Am besten besucht, ist der englischsprachige Kanal #haiku von irc.freenode.org.<
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Anwendungen</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Anwendungen</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
|
||||
<tr><td>Einstellungen:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/WonderBrush</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>WonderBrush ist ein Bitmap- und Vektorgraphik Editor. Nähere Informationen können auf der Webseite von <a href="http://yellowbites.com/wonderbrush.html">YellowBites</a>, den Entwicklern dieses Programms, und in der Haiku beigefügten <a href="file:///boot/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation%20de/introduction.html">Dokumentation</a> nachgelesen werden.</p>
|
||||
<p>WonderBrush ist ein Bitmap- und Vektorgraphik Editor. Nähere Informationen können auf der Webseite von <a href="http://yellowbites.com/wonderbrush.html">YellowBites</a>, den Entwicklern dieses Programms, und in der Haiku beigefügten <a href="file:///boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation%20de/introduction.html">Dokumentation</a> nachgelesen werden.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -86,10 +86,10 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="gui.html#replicants">Replikanten</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Die grundlegenden Elemente der grafischen Benutzeroberfläche</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top"><a href="workspaces.html"><acronym title="Workspaces">Arbeitsflächen</acronym></a><ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#applet">Das <acronym title="Workspaces">Arbeitsflächen</acronym> Programmfenster</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#switching">Vom Wechseln der <acronym title="Workspaces">Arbeitsflächen</acronym></a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#moving">Programme zwischen <acronym title="Workspaces">Arbeitsflächen</acronym> verschieben</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#special">Spezielle Funktionen</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#switching">Wechseln zwischen <acronym title="Workspaces">Arbeitsflächen</acronym></a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html#applet">Das <acronym title="Workspaces">Arbeitsflächen</acronym> Applet</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html#moving">Programme zwischen <acronym title="Workspaces">Arbeitsflächen</acronym> verschieben</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html#special">Spezielle Funktionen</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Virtuelle Desktops für eine aufgeräumte Arbeitsumgebung.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top"><a href="twitcher.html">Twitcher</a></td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Zwischen laufenden Programme wechseln.</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
userguide/de/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/de/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
BIN
userguide/de/images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/de/images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 22 KiB |
BIN
userguide/de/images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/de/images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 9.9 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 45 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 78 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 18 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 23 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 29 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 39 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 24 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 31 KiB |
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -92,6 +92,7 @@
|
||||
<a id="decorators" name="decorators">Dekorator</a></h2>
|
||||
<img src="../images/prefs-images/appearance-decorators.png" alt="appearance-decorators.png" />
|
||||
<p>Dekoratoren bestimmen Aussehen und Verhalten von Fenstern und all ihrer grafischen Elemente. Zur Zeit gibt es für Haiku allerdings nur einen einzigen Standard-Dekorator. Sollte man irgendwo einen alternativen Dekorator gefunden und installiert haben, ließe er sich hier auswählen.</p>
|
||||
<p>Bei Haikus Standard-Dekorator lässt sich die Art der Scroll-Pfeile einstellen: entweder einfache Pfeile am Ende von Scroll-Balken, um ein bisschen Platz zu sparen, oder doppelte Pfeile — der BeOS Tradition folgend — wodurch sich beim Rauf- und Runter- oder Links- und Rechts-Scrollen eventuell ein paar Mausbewegungen sparen lassen...</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -128,7 +129,7 @@ Kantenglättungstyp</h3>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>Ganz unten im Fenster befinden sich zwei Buttons:</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>setzt alles auf Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>Setzt alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Anfangswerte</span></td><td> </td><td>setzt wieder die Werte, die aktiv waren, als das <acronym title="Appearance">Erscheinungsbild</acronym> Panel gestartet wurde.</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
|
||||
<img src="../images/prefs-images/keyboard.png" alt="keyboard.png" />
|
||||
<p>Hier kann die Wiederholrate für einen Tastendruck und die Verzögerung eingestellt werden, die das System wartet, bis eine gedrückte Taste wiederholt wird. Die Einstellungen können in dem Textfeld getestet werden.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>setzt alles auf Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>Setzt alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Anfangswerte</span></td><td> </td><td>stellt die Einstellungen wieder her, die aktiv waren als Keyboard gestartet wurde.</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Wenn einem dann die spanischen Namen für Tage und Monate genehmer sind (zum Bei
|
||||
<p><br /> </p>
|
||||
<p>Änderungen werden sofort übernommen, momentan laufende Anwendungen können allerdings ein Schließen und erneutes Starten benötigen, damit die neuen Einstellungen angezeigt werden.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>setzt alles auf Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>Setzt alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Anfangswerte</span></td><td> </td><td>setzt die Werte, die beim Start des Einstellungspanels aktiv waren.</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
|
||||
<p>Die Option <span class="menu">Auf ersten Klick reagieren</span> vermeidet, ein Fenster erst aktivieren zu müssen, bevor eine Schaltfläche gedrückt oder ein Menü geöffnet werden kann. Allerdings besteht dann Gefahr, aus Versehen beispielsweise statt des Fensterreiters den "Schließen"-Button zu treffen und ein Programm ungewollt zu beenden. Andererseits kann damit der Arbeitsfluss deutlich beschleunigt werden.</p>
|
||||
<p>Alle Einstellungen werden sofort im System übernommen.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>setzt alles auf Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>Setzt alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Anfangswerte</span></td><td> </td><td>die Einstellungen, die aktiv waren, als das Programmfenster geöffnet wurde, werden wieder hergestellt.</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Je größer die Beschleunigung, desto schneller scrollt eine Liste wenn man den
|
||||
Wer mit diesem Feature zurecht kommt, der kann auf Scroll-Bereiche verzichten und das gesamte Touchpad zum normalen Navigieren nutzen</p>
|
||||
<p>Ganz unten ist noch ein Regler zum einstellen der Berührungsempfindlichkeit. Werden Klicks per Antippen immer wieder ignoriert, sollte man die Empfindlichkeit erhöhen. Werden im Gegenteil immer irgendwelche Klicks registriert, obwohl eigentlich nur der Mauszeiger bewegt werden soll, sollte sie verringert werden.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>setzt alles auf Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>Setzt alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Anfangswerte</span></td><td> </td><td>setzt wieder die Werte, die aktiv waren als das Touchpad Panel gestartet wurde.</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p>Folgender Tip bezieht sich nicht so sehr auf dieses Einstellungs Panel, sondern auf die Nutzung von Touchpads allgemein:<br />
|
||||
|
||||
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
|
||||
<p>Das Auslagern von RAM-Inhalten in einen virtuellen Hauptspeicher und das Zurückschreiben hat natürlich sehr viele Festplattenoperationen zur Folge. Hierdurch kann die Systempartition verlangsamt werden. Wenn im System eine weitere Festplatte vorhanden ist, bietet es sich an, den virtuellen Hauptspeicher auf diese zu legen.<br />
|
||||
Für virtuellen Hauptspeicher im Vergleich zu echtem RAM gilt: mehr RAM ist immer besser als mehr virtueller Speicher.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>setzt alles auf Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Standardwerte</span></td><td> </td><td>Setzt alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurück.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Anfangswerte</span></td><td> </td><td>setzt die Werte auf den Wert zurück, die aktiviert waren, als <acronym title="VirtualMemory">Virtueller Speicher</acronym> gestartet wurde.</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2011, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -73,8 +73,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<h1>Tracker</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Der Tracker ist die graphische Oberfläche zu den gespeicherten Dateien. Alle Dateioperationen (Dateien und Ordner anlegen oder löschen, kopieren, verschieben, oder ausführen) können hier vorgenommen werden.</p>
|
||||
<p>Der Tracker ist genauso eine Anwendung, wie alle anderen. Deshalb wird er auch in der Deskbar mit allen geöffneten Fenstern gelistet. Da der Arbeitsplatz mit den Icons auch "nur" ein Tracker-Fenster im Vollbild-Modus ist, macht sich es sich hier im Besonderen bemerkbar, sollte der Tracker einmal einfrieren. Am leichtesten kann er (und die Deskbar) über den <a href="teammonitor.html"><acronym title="Team Monitor">Teammonitor</acronym></a> reaktiviert werden.</p>
|
||||
<p>Der Tracker ist die graphische Oberfläche für den Umgang mit Dateien. Alle Dateioperationen (Dateien und Ordner anlegen oder löschen, kopieren, verschieben, oder ausführen) können hier vorgenommen werden.</p>
|
||||
<p>Der Tracker ist eine Anwendung, wie jede andere (die Arbeitsfläche mit all ihren Icons is tatsächlich auch nur ein Fenster im Vollbild-Modus im Hintergrund). Deshalb wird er auch in der Deskbar mit allen geöffneten Fenstern gelistet und kann beendet und neu gestartet werden. Sollte der Tracker (oder auch die Deskbar) einmal einfrieren kann er am leichtesten über den <a href="teammonitor.html"><acronym title="Team Monitor">Teammonitor</acronym></a> reaktiviert werden.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -151,14 +151,15 @@ Dieses "type-ahead" filtern wird in den <a href="#tracker-preferences.html">Trac
|
||||
<p>Über <span class="menu">Fenster | Einstellungen...</span> wird ein Fenster geöffnet, dessen zahlreiche Einstellungen sich stellenweise nicht sofort erschließen. Da jedoch alle Einstellungen direkt angewendet werden, kann man die Änderungen sofort erkennen.<br />Hier eine kurze Erklärung zu den nicht ganz offensichtlichen Einstellungen:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Desktop</span> - Hier kann ausgewählt werden, ob jedes eingebundene Laufwerk für sich am Arbeitsplatz angezeigt wird, oder alle zusammen in einem Tracker-Fenster, das mit dem Icon "Datenträger" repräsentiert wird.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Fenster</span> - Wenn man <span class="menu">Einzelfenster-Modus</span> markiert, wird jeder geöffnete Ordner im gleichen Fenster, statt in seinem eigenen angezeigt. Diese Einstellung unterscheidet sich zu der oben erwähnten Möglichkeit, einen Ordner bei gedrückter <span class="key">OPT</span>-Taste zu öffnen, da hier die individuellen Einstellungen zu Anzeige und Position des Fensters verloren gehen.
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Fenster</span> - Wird <span class="menu">Einzelfenster-Modus</span> aktiviert, öffnet sich ein doppelgeklickter Ordner nicht in einem neuen Fenster, sondern der Inhalt wird stattdessen im selben Fenster dargestellt. Diese Einstellung unterscheidet sich zu der oben erwähnten Möglichkeit, einen Ordner bei gedrückter <span class="key">OPT</span>-Taste zu öffnen, da hier die individuellen Einstellungen zu Anzeige und Position des Fensters verloren gehen.
|
||||
<br /><br />
|
||||
<img src="images/tracker-images/tracker-preferences-navigator.png" alt="tracker-preferences-navigator.png" />
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>Auch wenn die Ein-Fenster-Navigation sich vielleicht vertrauter anfühlt, sollte man der ursprünglichen Navigation von Haiku eine Chance geben, da es durchaus sein kann, dass man hiermit schneller navigiert. Andererseits bietet nur diese Einstellung die Möglichkeit, einen <i>Navigator</i> einzublenden, in dem man per Symbol "vor" und "zurück", sowie ein Verzeichnis höher gehen und einen neuen Verzeichnispfad hineinkopieren kann.</p>
|
||||
<p>Auch wenn sich die Ein-Fenster-Navigation vielleicht vertrauter anfühlt, sollte man der ursprünglichen Navigation von Haiku eine Chance geben, da es durchaus sein kann, dass man hiermit schneller navigiert wenn man sich erstmal daran gewöhnt hat. Andererseits bietet nur diese Einstellung die Möglichkeit, einen <i>Navigator</i> einzublenden, in dem man per Symbol "vor" und "zurück", sowie ein Verzeichnis höher gehen und einen neuen Verzeichnispfad hineinkopieren kann.</p>
|
||||
<p>Anstatt zu den Dateien zu springen während man lostippt, gibt es mit <span class="menu">Filtern während der Eingabe</span> auch noch die Möglichkeit alle Dateien rauszufiltern, die die eingegebene Zeichenfolge nicht enthalten, siehe <a href="#type-ahead-filter">weiter oben</a>.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Papierkorb</span> - Die Verhaltensweise beim Löschen einer Datei kann hier eingestellt werden.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Datenträger-Icons</span> - Die Farbe des optionalen Füllstandsanzeigers bei den eingebundenen Datenträger kann hier eingestellt werden.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Papierkorb</span> - Einstellungen zum Verhalten beim Löschen von Dateien.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Datenträger-Icons</span> - Farbe des optionalen Füllstandsanzeigers von eingebundenen Datenträger.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Datenträger einhängen</span> - Hier lässt sich einstellen wann welche Datenträger automatisch eingehängt werden, wie es weiter oben unter <a href="#mounting-volumes">"Einbinden von Datenträgern"</a> beschrieben ist.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>Dieses Einstellungs-Fenster kann auch mittels <span class="app">Tracker</span> aus den <span class="menu">Einstellungen</span> der Deskbar aufgerufen werden.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
|
||||
<h1>Workshop: Funknetzwerke nutzen</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Bei der heutzutage üblichen Drang zur permanenten Internetverbindung ist es unerlässlich eine funktionierende Netzwerkumgebung zu haben. Weil es für ein so kleines Projekt wie Haiku unmöglich ist mit der laufend neuen Hardware und ihre Treiber Schritt zu halten, verlässt sich Haiku auf eine <a href="http://www.freebsd.org">FreeBSD</a> Kompatibilitätsschicht für seine Netzwerktreiber.<br />
|
||||
Dadurch erhält man eine große Anzahl an unterstützter Hardware, wenn auch wahrscheinlich nicht für alles was es so gibt. Online existiert eine <a href="https://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/wireless#hardware-notes">Liste unterstützter Hardware</a> und <a href="http://www.freebsd.org/releases/9.2R/hardware.html#wlan">FreeBSD 9.2's Release Hardware Notes</a>.</p>
|
||||
Dadurch erhält man eine große Anzahl an unterstützter Hardware, wenn auch wahrscheinlich nicht für alles was es so gibt. Online existiert eine <a href="https://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/wireless#hardware-notes">Liste unterstützter Hardware</a> und <a href="http://www.freebsd.org/releases/9.3R/hardware.html#wlan">FreeBSD 9.3's Release Hardware Notes</a>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Zur Zeit werden nur PCI, PCI-X, PCI-Express, Mini PCI, und Mini PCI-Express Geräte unterstützt.<br />
|
||||
PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, USB und ISA Geräte funktionieren noch nicht.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2015, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -58,23 +58,24 @@
|
||||
<h1>Applications</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Before diving into all the applications that come with Haiku, let's have a more detailed look at how to install and uninstall programs. The most convenient way to find, install, update and uninstall applications is via Haiku's package management system. However, since Haiku is largely binary and source compatible to its ancestor BeOS, you might find older archives (.zip and .pkg) that can still be installed as well.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Below you'll always find the <tt>~/config/</tt> hierarchy of the Home folder mentioned. If you intend to share packages for all users (once Haiku becomes multi-user aware), you should use the mirrored filesystem hierarchy under <tt>/system/</tt>. See topic <a href="filesystem-layout.html">Filesystem layout</a> for more information.</div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Below you'll always find the <tt>/system/</tt> hierarchy of the mentioned. If you intend to install packages only for a single user (once Haiku becomes multi-user aware), you should use the mirrored filesystem hierarchy under home: <tt>~/config/</tt>. See topic <a href="filesystem-layout.html">Filesystem layout</a> for more information.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="hpkg" name="hpkg">Haiku packages (.hpkg)</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>The simplest way is to use <a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a> to find, download and automatically install and uninstall a package. If that isn't an option — maybe you downloaded a package somewhere, because it's not (yet) in a public repository — it's just as easy to install it manually: Just move the .hpkg file into <tt>~/config/packages/</tt>. </p>
|
||||
<p>You'll find the newly installed application in <tt>~/config/apps/</tt> or, in case of a commandline application, in <tt>~/config/bin/</tt>. All other files the program depends upon (libraries, data, add-ons, etc.) appear automatically in the right locations in the filesystem.</p>
|
||||
<p>The simplest way is to use <a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a> to find, download and automatically install and uninstall a package. If you have downloaded a package from somewhere else — maybe because it's not (yet) in a public repository — just double-click it to open in HaikuDepot and install from there.</p>
|
||||
<p>You'll find the newly installed application in <tt>/system/apps/</tt> or, in case of a commandline application, in <tt>/system/bin/</tt>. All other files the program depends upon (libraries, data, add-ons, etc.) appear automatically in the right locations in the filesystem.</p>
|
||||
<p>Topics <a href="deskbar.html">Deskbar</a> or <a href="desktop-applets/launchbox.html">LaunchBox</a> describe how to add shortcuts to your newly installed application.</p>
|
||||
<p>Uninstalling is just as easy: move the package out of <tt>~/config/packages/</tt>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">By the way, although you can unpack a .hpkg file like any other archive, this is not what the package mangement is doing when you're installing a package. The underlying filesystem only appears to spread files in their respective folders, there's no physical moving around taking place. This is why installing/uninstalling is so very fast and clean.</div>
|
||||
<p>If the package depends on some other library or package, a window will pop up, asking if the necessary files shall be downloaded and installed as well.</p>
|
||||
<p>Uninstalling is just as easy: Simply find the package in HaikuDepot and click <span class="button">Uninstall</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you're working in the Terminal or want to do un/installing of packages in a script, you should have a look at the command <tt>pkgman --help</tt>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="beos_apps" name="beos_apps">Old BeOS archives (.zip and .pkg)</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>BeOS archives that include all they need in their app's folder can simply be unpacked (double clicking opens <span class="app">Expander</span> or the old <span class="app">PackageInstaller</span>) anywhere in <tt>/boot/home/</tt> and run from there. Uninstalling such self-contained applications is easy: just delete the app's folder.</p>
|
||||
<p>This is true for the majority of old BeOS applications. If you happen upon one that doesn't work out-of-the-box, because it wants to spread its files to hard-coded locations that are not guaranteed to exist, you can try to fix things manually. The folder <tt>~/config/non-packaged/</tt> allows you to recreate the needed folder hierarchy. As more and more real .hpkg packages become available and old BeOS applications get re-packaged, this will become less needed. Please consult this <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/install-applications">online article</a> on how to use the <tt>non-packaged</tt> hierarchy.</p>
|
||||
<p>This is true for the majority of old BeOS applications. If you happen upon one that doesn't work out-of-the-box, because it wants to spread its files to hard-coded locations that are not guaranteed to exist, you can try to fix things manually. The folder <tt>/system/non-packaged/</tt> allows you to recreate the needed folder hierarchy. As more and more real .hpkg packages become available and old BeOS applications get re-packaged, this will become less needed. Please consult this <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/install-applications">online article</a> on how to use the <tt>non-packaged</tt> hierarchy.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -85,8 +86,6 @@
|
||||
<td valign="top">A tool to track system resources like CPU and memory usage.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/bootmanager.html">BootManager</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">A tool to install a boot menu in the Master Boot Record (MBR) of a drive.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/cdplayer-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/cdplayer.html">CDPlayer</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">A player for audio CDs.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/charactermap-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/charactermap.html">CharacterMap</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">An application that shows the Unicode character map.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/codycam-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/codycam.html">CodyCam</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="activitymonitor.html">ActivityMonitor</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Applications</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="charactermap.html">CharacterMap</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Otherwise, choose <span class="button">Install</span> to continue.</p>
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="activitymonitor.html">ActivityMonitor</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Applications</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="charactermap.html">CharacterMap</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="../../pl/applications/charactermap.html"><img src="../../images/flags/pl.png" alt="" />Polski</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer</a>
|
||||
« <a href="bootmanager.html">BootManager</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Applications</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="codycam.html">CodyCam</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer</a>
|
||||
« <a href="bootmanager.html">BootManager</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Applications</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="codycam.html">CodyCam</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2012, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -87,11 +87,14 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"</pre>
|
||||
<pre class="terminal">filepanel -s -t "Save your logfile" -d ~/config/settings -n Fantastic.log</pre>
|
||||
<p><img src="../images/apps-images/cli-filepanel.png" alt="cli-alert.png" /></p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span> is a nice way to wait for a particular application or thread to be started or to have ended.</p>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">hey</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">hey</span> is a littler helper tool that sends BMessages to applications and prints out their answer. It can be used for application scripting, i.e. "remote controlling" a program from a script or the command line. It's usage is a bit complex... Thanks to Scot Hacker's BeOS Bible, there's a nice <a href="http://www.birdhouse.org/beos/bible/bos/ch_scripting6.html">hey tutorial</a> by Chris Herborth.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">query</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">query</span> is the commandline version of the Find panel. In fact, a quick way to generate the search term is to build a query in the Find panel, switch to <span class="menu">by formula</span>, add double quotes (<tt>"</tt>) in front and back and paste the whole string after your <span class="cli">query</span> command in Terminal or your script.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span> is a nice way to wait for a particular application or thread to be started or to have ended.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr></table>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -99,7 +102,7 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"</pre>
|
||||
|
||||
<table summary="scripting cli tools" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span> is an important tool to check for errors in your file system. Simply add the volume or device name and it'll run through every file and correct inconsistencies where possible.</p>
|
||||
<td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span> is an important tool to check for errors in your file system. Simply add a volume name like <span class="path">/Haiku</span> or device path and it'll run through every file and correct inconsistencies where possible.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">desklink</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">desklink</span> can install an icon for any file, folder, query or application in the Deskbar tray. It also offers the option to provide a context menu when right-clicking an icon to execute special actions. As an example, try this to add the commandline app <span class="app">screenshot</span> with various options (the "<tt>\</tt>" in the first line is just for the line break in Terminal):</p>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2013 Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2013-2014 Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -54,6 +54,17 @@
|
||||
<div id="content">
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
|
||||
<table class="index" id="index" summary="index">
|
||||
<tr class="heading"><td>Index</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr class="index"><td><a href="#filter">The Filter</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#list">The List</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#info">The Info Area</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#menu">Tools and Options</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#account">Creating a User Account</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#rating">Rating and Commenting</a><br />
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/apps-images/haikudepot-icon_64.png" alt="haikudepot-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />HaikuDepot</h2>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td>Deskbar:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><span class="menu">Applications</span></td></tr>
|
||||
@ -61,45 +72,75 @@
|
||||
<tr><td>Settings:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories (also called "depots") and install, update and uninstall packages.</p>
|
||||
<p>HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories (also called "depots") and install, update and uninstall packages. HaikuDepot starts up with a list of "<i>Featured packages</i>", software that's deemed interesting to many users. As soon as you enter a term in the search box or choose a category, the display changes to smaller icons and more information arranged in columns.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot.png" alt="haikudepot.png" />
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>The Filter</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="filter" name="filter">The Filter</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>At the top we find a few means to filter the list of available packages below:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Show</span> pop-up menu lets you limit the list to individual categories like "<i>Audio</i>" or "<i>Games</i>". You can also have only your already installed packages displayed or those that have an update available.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Depot</span> pop-up menu lets you limit the list to only show packages from certain repositories,</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Search terms</span> text field lets you filter the list to the keywords you enter.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Category</span> pop-up menu lets you limit the list to individual categories like "<i>Audio</i>" or "<i>Games</i>".</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Depot</span> pop-up menu determines which online depots are queried or if only those packages shown, that were installed from somewhere other than an online depot ("<i>Local</i>"). Maybe from an USB thumb drive or downloaded from some website or a package that you've built yourself.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Search terms</span> text field filters the list to those packages that have all the entered (space-delimited) strings in their name or description.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>The List</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="list" name="list">The List</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Like in any Tracker window, you can choose from a context menu which columns to display by right-clicking the column heading. A left-click sorts the list according to that column. Of course, you can rearrange the columns by dragging them to a new position.</p>
|
||||
<p>The status column of a package can have one of several states:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Available</span>: The package exists in that depot and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Active</span>: The package is currently installed and ready to be used.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Available</span>: The package exists in that depot and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Pending / %</span>: <i>Pending</i> is shown for a package that is queued for download/installation. While a package is downloaded, the progress is shown as percentage.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Update available</span>: There's a newer version than your installed one available.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>You can grab the dotted line between the packages list and the info area to vertically resize the packages list.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>The Info Area</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="info" name="info">The Info Area</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>At the bottom is an area that displays information on the package that is currently selected in the list above it.<br />
|
||||
To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – depending on the current state of the package – lets you <span class="button">Install</span>, <span class="button">Uninstall</span> or <span class="button">Update</span> it.</p>
|
||||
<p>Below are three tabs:</p>
|
||||
To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – depending on the current state of the package – lets you <span class="button">Install</span>, <span class="button">Uninstall</span> or <span class="button">Update</span> it. If a package is already installed, you'll find an additional button there to <span class="button">Open</span> the application.</p>
|
||||
<p>Below are three tabs: About, Ratings, and Changelog.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">About</span> has a more detailed description of the package, as well as screenshots and a contact address and URL of the team that maintains the packaged software, if available.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Ratings</span> shows ratings and comments of users, if available. With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or disapproval with a certain comment.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Changelog</span> show the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5252"><span class="menu">About</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5253">The first tab has a detailed description of the package, as well as screenshots and a contact address and URL of the team that maintains the packaged software, if available. Clicking the screenshot thumbnail will open it full-size in a new window</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5254"><span class="menu">Ratings</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5255">The second tab shows ratings and comments of users, if available.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png" alt="haikudepot-rating-tab.png" />
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5268">To the left is a statistic, showing the number of stars (1 to 5) the package got from how many users.<br />
|
||||
In the middle are user comments with their nickname, the number of stars they gave the package and which version of the package they were rating or commenting on. You'll find more on how to rate a package yourself <a href="#rating">further down</a>.<br />
|
||||
With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or disapproval with a certain comment.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5257"><span class="menu">Changelog</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5258">The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Tools and Options</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="menu" name="menu">Tools and Options</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>In the <span class="menu">Tools</span> menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to <span class="menu">Refresh depots</span>. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.</p>
|
||||
<p>Under <span class="menu">Options</span> you can choose to also <span class="menu">Show develop packages</span> and <span class="menu">Show source packages</span> in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.</p>
|
||||
<p>Of more interest are the other two items, <span class="menu">Show available packages</span> and <span class="menu">Show installed packages</span>, which are pretty self-explanatory.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="account" name="account">Creating a User Account</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>To be able to rate a package, you need a user account at the <a href="http://depot.haiku-os.org">Haiku Depot Server</a> that serves all the packages and keeps track of ratings and user comments. You can create an account within the HaikuDepot application by clicking on the menu in the far right of the menu bar that shows your current status: <span class="menu">Not logged in</span>. Choosing <span class="menu">Log in...</span> opens a window with two tabs; one to enter your user name and password (once you have those) to log in, and the other to create a new account:</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png" alt="haikudepot-login-tab.png" />
|
||||
<p>To create an account you need to:</p>
|
||||
<ul><li>use an all lower-case user name without special characters</li>
|
||||
<li>use a password that's at least 8 characters long with at least 2 capitals and 2 numbers</li>
|
||||
<li>provide a valid email address (if you want a new password sent to you in case you forgot it)</li>
|
||||
<li>solve the captcha</li></ul>
|
||||
<p>After logging in, the top-right menu of the HaikuDepot window will now say <span class="menu">Logged in as (...)</span>, showing your user name. The menu now offers you to <span class="menu">Switch account...</span> or <span class="menu">Log out</span>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="rating" name="rating">Rating and Commenting</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a <span class="button">Rating...</span> button. Click it to open the rating window:</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png" alt="haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png" />
|
||||
<p>Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)<br />
|
||||
After you click <span class="button">Send</span> the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the <span class="menu">Tools</span> menu to <span class="menu">Refresh depots</span> before you can see your changes.</p>
|
||||
<p>At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox <span class="menu">Other users can see this rating</span>.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="expander.html">Expander</a>
|
||||
@ -107,6 +148,6 @@ To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – d
|
||||
:: <a href="icon-o-matic.html">Icon-O-Matic</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2011, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -109,21 +109,17 @@ Then there are settings for <span class="menu">Subtitle size</span> and <span cl
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p>These keys are assigned to the functions of the control buttons. They are always the bottom left letter keys on the keyboard, i.e. they are used independently of your current keymapping. The above keys correspond to a standard US-american keymap.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="keycombos" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">→</span></td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td>Seek forwards</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump forwards 10 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump forwards 30 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>Seek backwards</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards 10 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards 30 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td>Seek backwards/forwards</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards/forwards 10 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards/forwards 30 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Increase volume</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↓</span></td><td></td><td>Decrease volume</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↓</span> / <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Decrease/Increase volume</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Skip to previous Track</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↓</span></td><td></td><td>Skip to next Track</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↓</span> / <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Skip to next/previous Track</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">Spacebar</span></td><td></td><td>Toggle play/pause</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">ENTER</span></td><td></td><td>Toggle full-screen mode (also done by double left-clicking the video area)</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">ENTER</span></td><td></td><td>Toggle full-screen mode (also done by double left-clicking the video area or pressing <span class="key">F</span> or <span class="key">TAB</span>)</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td class="onelinetop" align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">0</span> / <span class="key">1</span> / <span class="key">2</span> / <span class="key">3</span></td><td></td><td>Changes aspect ratio to <span class="menu">Stream settings</span> (how the video was encoded), <span class="menu">No aspect correction</span> (maps the pixels of the video 1:1 to the screen), <span class="menu">4:3</span>, <span class="menu">16:9</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -58,12 +58,12 @@
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td>Deskbar:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><span class="menu">Applications</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Location:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Pe</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Documentation:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation.html</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Documentation:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Settings:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/pe/*</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>Pe is a sophisticated editor, with its syntax highlighting targeted mainly at programmers and HTML writers. Originally created by Maarten Hekkelmann, it's been open sourced and maintained by Haiku developers. A bugtracker and more information is available at the <a href="http://developer.berlios.de/projects/pe-editor/">Pe project page</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Find out more about Pe's features in its local <a href="file:///boot/apps/Pe/Documentation.html">documentation</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Find out more about Pe's features in its local <a href="file:// /boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html">documentation</a>. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
|
||||
The <span class="menu">Advanced</span> tab holds the setting for the maximum simultaneous connections.</p>
|
||||
<p>The menu items of the console window are all self-explanatory. With them you can e.g. save (parts) of the console output, clear the console or logging file and start/stop the server or clear the hit counter.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="box-info">If you want to try out if PoorMan's working, choose <span class="path">/boot/apps/BePDF/docs/</span> as folder and <span class="cli">index.html</span> as start page. Then point your browser to the URL 127.0.0.1, which is your local host.</div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">If you want to try out if PoorMan's working, choose <span class="path">/boot/system/apps/BePDF/docs/</span> as folder and <span class="cli">index.html</span> as start page. Then point your browser to the URL 127.0.0.1, which is your local host.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -77,18 +77,23 @@ By default, <tt>%1d: %p</tt>, a tab shows the current directory and, separated b
|
||||
Via <span class="menu">Edit | Window title...</span> the Terminal window's title can be edited in a similar way.</p>
|
||||
<p>Right-clicking a tab shows a context menu to <span class="menu">Close tab</span>, <span class="menu">Close other tabs</span> or, like double-clicking, <span class="menu">Edit tab title...</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p>A Terminal window can be resized like any other window or you use the presets from the <span class="menu">Settings | Window size</span> menu. <span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">ENTER</span> toggles fullscreen mode.</p>
|
||||
<p>Changed window size and text encoding are only kept choosing <span class="menu">Settings | Save as default</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p>All the settings you change directly through the <span class="menu">Settings</span> menu, like <span class="menu">Window title</span>, <span class="menu">Window size</span>, <span class="menu">Text encoding</span> or <span class="menu">Font size</span> are only kept for the current session. If you want to make permanent changes, you have to apply them in the <span class="menu">Settings...</span> panel.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="settings" name="settings">Settings</a></h2>
|
||||
<p><span class="menu">Settings | Settings...</span> opens a panel to configure the standard settings of a Terminal.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/terminal-settings.png" alt="terminal-settings.png" />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
<p>It starts off with the "formulas" for naming tab and window titles. Again, tooltips show the available variables. Below that you set font type, font size and the different text and background colors. You can choose a pre-defined color schema like <span class="menu">Black on white</span> or <span class="menu">White on black</span> or create a <span class="menu">Custom</span> one using the color picker below.<br />
|
||||
Activate the checkbox to <span class="menu">Confirm exit if active programs exist</span> and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.<br />
|
||||
You can save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.<br />
|
||||
Pressing <span class="button">OK</span> will save the current settings as default.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Most of the offered settings speak for themselves.<br />
|
||||
Hover your mouse over the "formulas" for naming tab and window titles to get tooltips for the available variables. <br />
|
||||
You can choose pre-defined color schema like <span class="menu">Midnight</span> or <span class="menu">Retro</span> or create a <span class="menu">Custom</span> one by selecting which color you want to change (<span class="menu">Text</span>, <span class="menu">Background</span>, <span class="menu">Cursor</span> etc.) and then use the color picker below.</p>
|
||||
<p>A few more options follow: you can have a <span class="menu">Blinking cursor</span> and choose to <span class="menu">Use bright instead of bold text</span>. The latter setting avoids the sometimes rather unsightly rendering of bold fonts in the Terminal.<br />
|
||||
Activate the checkbox to <span class="menu">Confirm exit if active programs exist</span> and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td class="onelinetop"><span class="button">Save to file...</span></td><td width="10"> </td><td>let's you save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Revert</span></td><td> </td><td>brings back the settings that were active when you opened the settings panel.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Defaults</span></td><td> </td><td>resets everything to default values.</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="shortcuts" name="shortcuts">Keyboard shortcuts</a></h2>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -45,9 +45,9 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="../../pl/applications/vision.html"><img src="../../images/flags/pl.png" alt="" />Polski</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Applications</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Applications</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -64,6 +64,187 @@
|
||||
<p>Vision is an IRC client originally developed for the BeOS. Documentation and a bug tracker are available at the <a href="http://vision.sourceforge.net/">Vision website</a>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">You can find help from other Haiku users and developers on <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/community/irc">Haiku channels</a> in various languages.<br />
|
||||
The most frequented is the English speaking #haiku at irc.freenode.org.</div>
|
||||
<p>Here's a list of built-in commands, taken with permission from Visions website.</p>
|
||||
<p>The syntax:</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>/COMMAND</tt></td><td width="10"></td><td>the command</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt><required></tt></td><td></td><td>a required parameter</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>[optional]</tt></td><td></td><td>an optional parameter</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>|</tt></td><td></td><td>a logical OR</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>...</tt></td><td></td><td>more parameters possible</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ABOUT</span><br />
|
||||
Opens Vision's About window.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ACRONYM [word]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens www.acronymfinder.com with your current html handler. (Note: If the file-handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/AWAY [away-reason]</span><br />
|
||||
Sets away status on current network. If no away reason is specified, it is set to 'BRB'. (be right back)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/BACK</span><br />
|
||||
Sets your status to 'back' on current network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/CLEAR</span><br />
|
||||
Clears the contents of the current text buffer.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/CTCP <nick|channel> <PING|VERSION|FINGER|TIME|CLIENTINFO|USERINFO></span><br />
|
||||
Executes the specified ctcp command on a channel or nick.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DCC <CHAT> <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Opens a private dcc chat session with the specified nick.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DCC <SEND> <nick> [file]</span><br />
|
||||
Sends a file to <nick>. If no file is specified, a File panel will open.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DEOP /DOP /DEVOICE <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
De-ops or de-voices <nick(s)>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DESCRIBE <nick> <message></span><br />
|
||||
Same as /ME, but opens a query on <nick>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DNS <domain name/IP address></span><br />
|
||||
Resolves the given IP or domain name.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/EXIT</span><br />
|
||||
Quits Vision.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GAWAY [away-reason]</span><br />
|
||||
Same as /AWAY [away-reason], but applies to all connected networks.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GBACK</span><br />
|
||||
Same as /BACK, but on applies to all connected networks.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GOOGLE [search-string]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens www.google.com with your current html handler. (Note: If the file-handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/INVITE /I <nick> <channel></span><br />
|
||||
Invites <nick> to the <channel>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/JOIN /J <channel> [channel-key]</span><br />
|
||||
Joins the <channel>. Provide a [channel-key] if necessary.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/KICK /K <nick> [reason]</span><br />
|
||||
Kicks <nick> from current channel. If [reason] is not specified, it will be set to the reason specified in Preferences.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/KILL <nick> [message]</span><br />
|
||||
IRC operator command to disconnect a user from the network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/LIST</span><br />
|
||||
Opens a new view which lists all the channels on the current network. [except hidden channels]</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the channel modes of the current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M <+-ohvbeqa> <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Same as <span class="menu">MODE <channel> <modes> <nick></span>, but on current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M <+-kfL,l,psmntirRcOAQKVHGCuzN></span><br />
|
||||
Same as <span class="menu">/MODE <channel> <modes></span>, but on current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ME <text></span><br />
|
||||
Displays: <i>* emwe <text>.</i></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MODE <channel> <+-ohvbeqa> <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Sets mode for <nick(s)> on <channel>.<br />
|
||||
e.g. <span class="menu">/MODE #channel +o nick1</span><br />
|
||||
or <span class="menu">/MODE #channel +oo-o nick1 nick2 nick3</span></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MODE <channel> <+-kfL,l,psmntirRcOAQKVHGCuzN></span><br />
|
||||
Sets the mode of <channel>. (Note: Commata just for optical separation.)<br />
|
||||
e.g. <span class="menu">/MODE #channel +ms</span></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MSG <nick> <message></span><br />
|
||||
Sends a <message> to <nick>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NAMES</span><br />
|
||||
Displays all channels and all nicks of the network in the network window. (Careful with this one)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NAMES <channel></span><br />
|
||||
Displays nick(s) in <channel>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NICK <newnick></span><br />
|
||||
Changes your nick to <newnick>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NOTICE <nick> <message></span><br />
|
||||
Sends a notice to <nick> with the given <message>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NOTIFY <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Adds <nick(s)> to your notify list.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PEXEC /RRUN <app1> [ | <app2> | ... ]</span><br />
|
||||
Executes the given <app>. If more than one application is provided, they will be executed in a pipe.<br />
|
||||
e.g. <span class="menu">/PEXEC Terminal | StyledEdit</span> opens a new Terminal, and afterwards StyledEdit<br />
|
||||
or <span class="menu">/PEXEC ls -la ~/Downloads/</span> displays the contents of your ~/Downloads/ directory in the current window (Attention!)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/OP /VOICE <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Ops or voices to <nick(s)>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PART</span><br />
|
||||
Leaves current channel or network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PING <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Pings the <nick> and returns the ping-time. Equivalent to <span class="menu">/CTCP <nick> PING</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/QUERY /Q <nick> [message]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens a query window on <nick>, optionally along with a [message].</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/QUIT /QUI [custom-quit-message]</span><br />
|
||||
Quits current network. If [custom-quit-message] is not specified, the default set in Preferences will be used.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/RAW /QUOTE <command|text></span><br />
|
||||
Sends a raw IRC command.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/RECONNECT</span><br />
|
||||
Will reconnect you to the current network if the 47 automatic reconnection attempts have failed.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/SLEEP <deciseconds></span><br />
|
||||
Causes current thread to sleep for the specified time ; for future scripting use.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/SQUIT</span><br />
|
||||
IRC operator command to disconnect a server.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/T</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the channel-topic of current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/T <new-channel-topic></span><br />
|
||||
Same as <span class="menu">/TOPIC <channel> <new-channel-topic></span>, but on current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TIME <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Returns local time of <nick>. Equivalent to <span class="menu">/CTCP <nick> TIME.</span></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TOPIC <channel></span><br />
|
||||
Displays the channel-topic of <channel>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TOPIC <channel> <new-channel-topic></span><br />
|
||||
Sets the channel topic of <channel> to <new-channel-topic>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/UNNOTIFY <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Removes <nick(s)> from your notify list.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/UPTIME [-l]</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the systems uptime. If [-l] is specified, the uptime will be echoed locally, and not sent to the network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VERSION <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Returns the client-version of <nicks> IRC-client. Equivalent to <span class="menu">/CTCP <nick> VERSION</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VISIT <url></span><br />
|
||||
Opens <url> with your current html handler. (Note: If the handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WEBSTER /DICTIONARY [word]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens www.m-w.com (Merriam Webster) with your current html handler. (Note: If the handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VUPTIME [-l]</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the Vision uptime. The [-l] parameter has the same effect as in <span class="menu">/UPTIME</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WALLOPS</span><br />
|
||||
IRC operator command that sends a wallops message (visible to those with umode w active).</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WHOIS /W <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Returns whois information of <nick>.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
@ -71,9 +252,9 @@ The most frequented is the English speaking #haiku at irc.freenode.org.</div>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Applications</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Applications</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
|
||||
<tr><td>Settings:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/WonderBrush</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>WonderBrush is an editor for bitmap and vector graphics. Find more information and workshops at the <a href="http://yellowbites.com/wonderbrush.html">YellowBites website</a> and in the local <a href="file:///boot/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation%20en/introduction.html">documentation.</a></p>
|
||||
<p>WonderBrush is an editor for bitmap and vector graphics. Find more information and workshops at the <a href="http://yellowbites.com/wonderbrush.html">YellowBites website</a> and in the local <a href="file:///boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation%20en/introduction.html">documentation.</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -82,10 +82,10 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="gui.html#replicants">Replicants</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Learn about the basic elements of the graphical user interface.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top"><a href="workspaces.html">Workspaces</a><ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#applet">The Workspaces Applet</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#switching">Switching workspaces</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#moving">Moving windows between workspaces</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#special">Special functionality</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html">The Workspaces Applet</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html#moving">Moving windows between workspaces</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html#special">Special functionality</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Use virtual desktops for an uncluttered work environment.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top"><a href="twitcher.html">Twitcher</a></td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Switch between running applications.</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
userguide/en/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/en/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
BIN
userguide/en/images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/en/images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 22 KiB |
BIN
userguide/en/images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/en/images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 9.9 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 43 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 78 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 16 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 23 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 12 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 12 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 25 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 38 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 29 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 27 KiB |
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -88,6 +88,7 @@
|
||||
<a id="decorators" name="decorators">Window decorators</a></h2>
|
||||
<img src="../images/prefs-images/appearance-decorators.png" alt="appearance-decorators.png" />
|
||||
<p>Decorators determine the look and feel of windows and all GUI elements. Currently Haiku comes with only one default decorator. Should you find and install other decorators, you can choose a different one from the pop-up menu.</p>
|
||||
<p>Haiku's default decorator lets you set the arrow style of the scroll bar: either single arrows at the end of scrollbars to conserve a bit of space, or double arrows — the traditional BeOS way — potentially saving some mouse moving when scrolling up and down or left and right...</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2011, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -148,13 +148,14 @@ This type-ahead filtering is set in the <a href="#tracker-preferences.html">Trac
|
||||
<br />So, in short, the not so obvious settings:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Desktop</span> - Decide if all mounted disks appear directly on the Desktop or in a window after clicking a single Disk icon sitting on the Desktop.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Windows</span> - You can set <span class="menu">Single window navigation</span>, i.e. a double-clicked folder doesn't open in its own window, but inside the already open window instead, replacing the view of it's parent folder. This is not the same as clicking while holding the <span class="key">OPT</span> key, as described above, because you'll lose the per window saved position and size.
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Windows</span> - You can set <span class="menu">Single window navigation</span>, i.e. a double-clicked folder doesn't open in its own window, but inside the already open window instead, replacing the view of its parent folder. This is not the same as clicking while holding the <span class="key">OPT</span> key, as described above, because you'll lose the per window saved position and size.
|
||||
<br /><br /></p>
|
||||
<img src="images/tracker-images/tracker-preferences-navigator.png" alt="tracker-preferences-navigator.png" />
|
||||
<p>Before you switch Tracker to Single Window Navigation mode, because that may feel more familiar to you, we recommend giving the menu based browsing a try first, as that may actually work much faster for you after getting used to. On the other hand, single window browsing offers a <i>Navigator</i> where you can enter or copy & paste a path name and use back, forward and up buttons.</p>
|
||||
<p>Before you switch Tracker to <span class="menu">Single window navigation mode</span>, because that may feel more familiar to you, we recommend giving the menu based browsing a try first, as that may actually work much faster for you after getting used to. On the other hand, single window browsing offers a <i>Navigator</i> where you can enter or copy & paste a path name and use back, forward and up buttons.</p>
|
||||
<p>Activating <span class="menu">Type-ahead filtering</span> will filter the contents of a Tracker window while you type to only display the files matching your string in their name or any currently displayed attribute. See <a href="#type-ahead-filter">above</a>.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Trash</span> - Set the behavior when deleting a file.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Volume icons</span> - Set the color of an optional indicator of free space that's shown besides a disk's icon.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Disk mount</span> - Define when and what disks are mounted automatically, as described above under <a href="#mounting-volumes">"Mounting volumes"</a>.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>This panel, by the way, is also available as <span class="app">Tracker</span> from Deskbar's <span class="menu">Preferences</span>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
|
||||
<h1>Workshop: Wireless networking</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Getting the networking to run is essential in today's need for permanent internet connection. As keeping up to date with all the different and ever changing hardware and drivers is quite impossible for a small project, Haiku relies on a <a href="http://www.freebsd.org">FreeBSD</a> compatibility layer for its networking drivers.<br />
|
||||
This ensures a massive amount of supported hardware, though probably not 100% of what's out there. See <a href="https://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/wireless#hardware-notes">this list online</a> for a list of supported models or check <a href="http://www.freebsd.org/releases/9.2R/hardware.html#wlan">FreeBSD 9.2's release hardware notes</a>.</p>
|
||||
This ensures a massive amount of supported hardware, though probably not 100% of what's out there. See <a href="https://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/wireless#hardware-notes">this list online</a> for a list of supported models or check <a href="http://www.freebsd.org/releases/9.3R/hardware.html#wlan">FreeBSD 9.3's release hardware notes</a>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Currently only PCI, PCI-X, PCI-Express, Mini PCI, and Mini PCI-Express devices are expected to work.<br />
|
||||
PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, USB and ISA devices still need more work to become functional.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2015, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -65,23 +65,24 @@
|
||||
<h1>Aplicaciones</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Before diving into all the applications that come with Haiku, let's have a more detailed look at how to install and uninstall programs. The most convenient way to find, install, update and uninstall applications is via Haiku's package management system. However, since Haiku is largely binary and source compatible to its ancestor BeOS, you might find older archives (.zip and .pkg) that can still be installed as well.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Below you'll always find the <tt>~/config/</tt> hierarchy of the Home folder mentioned. If you intend to share packages for all users (once Haiku becomes multi-user aware), you should use the mirrored filesystem hierarchy under <tt>/system/</tt>. See topic <a href="filesystem-layout.html">Filesystem layout</a> for more information.</div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Below you'll always find the <tt>/system/</tt> hierarchy of the mentioned. If you intend to install packages only for a single user (once Haiku becomes multi-user aware), you should use the mirrored filesystem hierarchy under home: <tt>~/config/</tt>. See topic <a href="filesystem-layout.html">Filesystem layout</a> for more information.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="hpkg" name="hpkg">Haiku packages (.hpkg)</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>The simplest way is to use <a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a> to find, download and automatically install and uninstall a package. If that isn't an option — maybe you downloaded a package somewhere, because it's not (yet) in a public repository — it's just as easy to install it manually: Just move the .hpkg file into <tt>~/config/packages/</tt>. </p>
|
||||
<p>You'll find the newly installed application in <tt>~/config/apps/</tt> or, in case of a commandline application, in <tt>~/config/bin/</tt>. All other files the program depends upon (libraries, data, add-ons, etc.) appear automatically in the right locations in the filesystem.</p>
|
||||
<p>The simplest way is to use <a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a> to find, download and automatically install and uninstall a package. If you have downloaded a package from somewhere else — maybe because it's not (yet) in a public repository — just double-click it to open in HaikuDepot and install from there.</p>
|
||||
<p>You'll find the newly installed application in <tt>/system/apps/</tt> or, in case of a commandline application, in <tt>/system/bin/</tt>. All other files the program depends upon (libraries, data, add-ons, etc.) appear automatically in the right locations in the filesystem.</p>
|
||||
<p>Topics <a href="deskbar.html">Deskbar</a> or <a href="desktop-applets/launchbox.html">LaunchBox</a> describe how to add shortcuts to your newly installed application.</p>
|
||||
<p>Uninstalling is just as easy: move the package out of <tt>~/config/packages/</tt>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">By the way, although you can unpack a .hpkg file like any other archive, this is not what the package mangement is doing when you're installing a package. The underlying filesystem only appears to spread files in their respective folders, there's no physical moving around taking place. This is why installing/uninstalling is so very fast and clean.</div>
|
||||
<p>If the package depends on some other library or package, a window will pop up, asking if the necessary files shall be downloaded and installed as well.</p>
|
||||
<p>Uninstalling is just as easy: Simply find the package in HaikuDepot and click <span class="button">Uninstall</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you're working in the Terminal or want to do un/installing of packages in a script, you should have a look at the command <tt>pkgman --help</tt>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="beos_apps" name="beos_apps">Old BeOS archives (.zip and .pkg)</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>BeOS archives that include all they need in their app's folder can simply be unpacked (double clicking opens <span class="app">Expander</span> or the old <span class="app">PackageInstaller</span>) anywhere in <tt>/boot/home/</tt> and run from there. Uninstalling such self-contained applications is easy: just delete the app's folder.</p>
|
||||
<p>This is true for the majority of old BeOS applications. If you happen upon one that doesn't work out-of-the-box, because it wants to spread its files to hard-coded locations that are not guaranteed to exist, you can try to fix things manually. The folder <tt>~/config/non-packaged/</tt> allows you to recreate the needed folder hierarchy. As more and more real .hpkg packages become available and old BeOS applications get re-packaged, this will become less needed. Please consult this <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/install-applications">online article</a> on how to use the <tt>non-packaged</tt> hierarchy.</p>
|
||||
<p>This is true for the majority of old BeOS applications. If you happen upon one that doesn't work out-of-the-box, because it wants to spread its files to hard-coded locations that are not guaranteed to exist, you can try to fix things manually. The folder <tt>/system/non-packaged/</tt> allows you to recreate the needed folder hierarchy. As more and more real .hpkg packages become available and old BeOS applications get re-packaged, this will become less needed. Please consult this <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/install-applications">online article</a> on how to use the <tt>non-packaged</tt> hierarchy.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -92,8 +93,6 @@
|
||||
<td valign="top">Herramienta para monitorizar los recursos de sistema como la CPU o el uso de memoria.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/bootmanager.html">BootManager</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">A tool to install a boot menu in the Master Boot Record (MBR) of a drive.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/cdplayer-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/cdplayer.html">CDPlayer (Reproductor de CD)</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Reproductor de CD's de música.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/charactermap-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/charactermap.html">CharacterMap (Mapa de carácteres)</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Aplicación que muestra el mapa de carácteres Unicode.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/codycam-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/codycam.html">CodyCam (Visor de cámara web)</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="activitymonitor.html">Monitor de Actividades</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Aplicaciones</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer (Reproductor de discos)</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="charactermap.html">Mapa de caracteres</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Otherwise, choose <span class="button">Install</span> to continue.</p>
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="activitymonitor.html">Monitor de Actividades</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Aplicaciones</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer (Reproductor de discos)</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="charactermap.html">Mapa de caracteres</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="../../en/applications/charactermap.html"><img src="../../images/flags/gb.png" alt="" />English</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer (Reproductor de discos)</a>
|
||||
« <a href="bootmanager.html">BootManager</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Aplicaciones</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="codycam.html">CodyCam</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="cdplayer.html">CDPlayer (Reproductor de discos)</a>
|
||||
« <a href="bootmanager.html">BootManager</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Aplicaciones</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="codycam.html">CodyCam</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2012, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -91,11 +91,14 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"</pre>
|
||||
<pre class="terminal">filepanel -s -t "Save your logfile" -d ~/config/settings -n Fantastic.log</pre>
|
||||
<p><img src="../images/apps-images/cli-filepanel.png" alt="cli-alert.png" /></p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span> is a nice way to wait for a particular application or thread to be started or to have ended.</p>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">hey</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">hey</span> is a littler helper tool that sends BMessages to applications and prints out their answer. It can be used for application scripting, i.e. "remote controlling" a program from a script or the command line. It's usage is a bit complex... Thanks to Scot Hacker's BeOS Bible, there's a nice <a href="http://www.birdhouse.org/beos/bible/bos/ch_scripting6.html">hey tutorial</a> by Chris Herborth.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">query</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">query</span> is the commandline version of the Find panel. In fact, a quick way to generate the search term is to build a query in the Find panel, switch to <span class="menu">by formula</span>, add double quotes (<tt>"</tt>) in front and back and paste the whole string after your <span class="cli">query</span> command in Terminal or your script.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span> is a nice way to wait for a particular application or thread to be started or to have ended.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr></table>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -103,7 +106,7 @@ Would you like a link to it?" "On Desktop" "In Deskbar" "No thanks"</pre>
|
||||
|
||||
<table summary="scripting cli tools" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span> is an important tool to check for errors in your file system. Simply add the volume or device name and it'll run through every file and correct inconsistencies where possible.</p>
|
||||
<td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span> is an important tool to check for errors in your file system. Simply add a volume name like <span class="path">/Haiku</span> or device path and it'll run through every file and correct inconsistencies where possible.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">desklink</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">desklink</span> can install an icon for any file, folder, query or application in the Deskbar tray. It also offers the option to provide a context menu when right-clicking an icon to execute special actions. As an example, try this to add the commandline app <span class="app">screenshot</span> with various options (the "<tt>\</tt>" in the first line is just for the line break in Terminal):</p>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2013 Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2013-2014 Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -55,6 +55,17 @@
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">La traducción de esta página no está completa aún. Hasta que esté, las partes sin terminar vienen en su inglés original.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<table class="index" id="index" summary="index">
|
||||
<tr class="heading"><td>Index</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr class="index"><td><a href="#filter">The Filter</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#list">The List</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#info">The Info Area</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#menu">Tools and Options</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#account">Creating a User Account</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#rating">Rating and Commenting</a><br />
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/apps-images/haikudepot-icon_64.png" alt="haikudepot-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />HaikuDepot</h2>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td>Deskbar:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><span class="menu">Applications</span></td></tr>
|
||||
@ -62,45 +73,75 @@
|
||||
<tr><td>Settings:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories (also called "depots") and install, update and uninstall packages.</p>
|
||||
<p>HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories (also called "depots") and install, update and uninstall packages. HaikuDepot starts up with a list of "<i>Featured packages</i>", software that's deemed interesting to many users. As soon as you enter a term in the search box or choose a category, the display changes to smaller icons and more information arranged in columns.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot.png" alt="haikudepot.png" />
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>The Filter</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="filter" name="filter">The Filter</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>At the top we find a few means to filter the list of available packages below:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Show</span> pop-up menu lets you limit the list to individual categories like "<i>Audio</i>" or "<i>Games</i>". You can also have only your already installed packages displayed or those that have an update available.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Depot</span> pop-up menu lets you limit the list to only show packages from certain repositories,</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Search terms</span> text field lets you filter the list to the keywords you enter.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Category</span> pop-up menu lets you limit the list to individual categories like "<i>Audio</i>" or "<i>Games</i>".</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Depot</span> pop-up menu determines which online depots are queried or if only those packages shown, that were installed from somewhere other than an online depot ("<i>Local</i>"). Maybe from an USB thumb drive or downloaded from some website or a package that you've built yourself.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Search terms</span> text field filters the list to those packages that have all the entered (space-delimited) strings in their name or description.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>The List</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="list" name="list">The List</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Like in any Tracker window, you can choose from a context menu which columns to display by right-clicking the column heading. A left-click sorts the list according to that column. Of course, you can rearrange the columns by dragging them to a new position.</p>
|
||||
<p>The status column of a package can have one of several states:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Available</span>: The package exists in that depot and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Active</span>: The package is currently installed and ready to be used.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Available</span>: The package exists in that depot and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Pending / %</span>: <i>Pending</i> is shown for a package that is queued for download/installation. While a package is downloaded, the progress is shown as percentage.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Update available</span>: There's a newer version than your installed one available.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>You can grab the dotted line between the packages list and the info area to vertically resize the packages list.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>The Info Area</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="info" name="info">The Info Area</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>At the bottom is an area that displays information on the package that is currently selected in the list above it.<br />
|
||||
To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – depending on the current state of the package – lets you <span class="button">Install</span>, <span class="button">Uninstall</span> or <span class="button">Update</span> it.</p>
|
||||
<p>Below are three tabs:</p>
|
||||
To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – depending on the current state of the package – lets you <span class="button">Install</span>, <span class="button">Uninstall</span> or <span class="button">Update</span> it. If a package is already installed, you'll find an additional button there to <span class="button">Open</span> the application.</p>
|
||||
<p>Below are three tabs: About, Ratings, and Changelog.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">About</span> has a more detailed description of the package, as well as screenshots and a contact address and URL of the team that maintains the packaged software, if available.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Ratings</span> shows ratings and comments of users, if available. With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or disapproval with a certain comment.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Changelog</span> show the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5252"><span class="menu">About</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5253">The first tab has a detailed description of the package, as well as screenshots and a contact address and URL of the team that maintains the packaged software, if available. Clicking the screenshot thumbnail will open it full-size in a new window</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5254"><span class="menu">Ratings</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5255">The second tab shows ratings and comments of users, if available.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png" alt="haikudepot-rating-tab.png" />
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5268">To the left is a statistic, showing the number of stars (1 to 5) the package got from how many users.<br />
|
||||
In the middle are user comments with their nickname, the number of stars they gave the package and which version of the package they were rating or commenting on. You'll find more on how to rate a package yourself <a href="#rating">further down</a>.<br />
|
||||
With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or disapproval with a certain comment.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5257"><span class="menu">Changelog</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5258">The last tab shows the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Tools and Options</h3>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="menu" name="menu">Tools and Options</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>In the <span class="menu">Tools</span> menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to <span class="menu">Refresh depots</span>. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.</p>
|
||||
<p>Under <span class="menu">Options</span> you can choose to also <span class="menu">Show develop packages</span> and <span class="menu">Show source packages</span> in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.</p>
|
||||
<p>Of more interest are the other two items, <span class="menu">Show available packages</span> and <span class="menu">Show installed packages</span>, which are pretty self-explanatory.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="account" name="account">Creating a User Account</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>To be able to rate a package, you need a user account at the <a href="http://depot.haiku-os.org">Haiku Depot Server</a> that serves all the packages and keeps track of ratings and user comments. You can create an account within the HaikuDepot application by clicking on the menu in the far right of the menu bar that shows your current status: <span class="menu">Not logged in</span>. Choosing <span class="menu">Log in...</span> opens a window with two tabs; one to enter your user name and password (once you have those) to log in, and the other to create a new account:</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png" alt="haikudepot-login-tab.png" />
|
||||
<p>To create an account you need to:</p>
|
||||
<ul><li>use an all lower-case user name without special characters</li>
|
||||
<li>use a password that's at least 8 characters long with at least 2 capitals and 2 numbers</li>
|
||||
<li>provide a valid email address (if you want a new password sent to you in case you forgot it)</li>
|
||||
<li>solve the captcha</li></ul>
|
||||
<p>After logging in, the top-right menu of the HaikuDepot window will now say <span class="menu">Logged in as (...)</span>, showing your user name. The menu now offers you to <span class="menu">Switch account...</span> or <span class="menu">Log out</span>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="rating" name="rating">Rating and Commenting</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>After you've created a user account and are logged in, you can rate a package and leave a comment, if you want. Just hover the mouse over the rating stars in the info area of a package and they turn into a <span class="button">Rating...</span> button. Click it to open the rating window:</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png" alt="haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png" />
|
||||
<p>Here you move the mouse over the stars to light them up and choose your rating, you can also choose from a number of levels to judge the stability of the application and pick the language of your optional comment. To make a comment meaningful, you should have worked with the application you're about to rate for a while to become familiar with its features, bugs and quirks. And don't write the next great American novel... keep it short, sweet and polite. :)<br />
|
||||
After you click <span class="button">Send</span> the data is transmitted to the server. You may have to go to the <span class="menu">Tools</span> menu to <span class="menu">Refresh depots</span> before you can see your changes.</p>
|
||||
<p>At any time, you can come back and edit your comment and re-rate it. You can also hide your rating from other users by deactivating the checkbox <span class="menu">Other users can see this rating</span>.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="expander.html">Expander</a>
|
||||
@ -108,6 +149,6 @@ To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – d
|
||||
:: <a href="icon-o-matic.html">Icon-O-Matic</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2011, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -112,21 +112,17 @@ Then there are settings for <span class="menu">Subtitle size</span> and <span cl
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p>These keys are assigned to the functions of the control buttons. They are always the bottom left letter keys on the keyboard, i.e. they are used independently of your current keymapping. The above keys correspond to a standard US-american keymap.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="keycombos" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">→</span></td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td>Seek forwards</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump forwards 10 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump forwards 30 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>Seek backwards</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards 10 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">←</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards 30 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td>Seek backwards/forwards</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards/forwards 10 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">←</span> / <span class="key">→</span></td><td></td><td>Jump backwards/forwards 30 seconds</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Increase volume</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↓</span></td><td></td><td>Decrease volume</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">↓</span> / <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Decrease/Increase volume</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Skip to previous Track</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↓</span></td><td></td><td>Skip to next Track</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">↓</span> / <span class="key">↑</span></td><td></td><td>Skip to next/previous Track</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">Spacebar</span></td><td></td><td>Toggle play/pause</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">ENTER</span></td><td></td><td>Toggle full-screen mode (also done by double left-clicking the video area)</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">ENTER</span></td><td></td><td>Toggle full-screen mode (also done by double left-clicking the video area or pressing <span class="key">F</span> or <span class="key">TAB</span>)</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td class="onelinetop" align="right"><span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">0</span> / <span class="key">1</span> / <span class="key">2</span> / <span class="key">3</span></td><td></td><td>Changes aspect ratio to <span class="menu">Stream settings</span> (how the video was encoded), <span class="menu">No aspect correction</span> (maps the pixels of the video 1:1 to the screen), <span class="menu">4:3</span>, <span class="menu">16:9</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -61,12 +61,12 @@
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td>Deskbar:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><span class="menu">Aplicaciones</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Ubicación:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Pe</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Documentación:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation.html</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Documentación:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Configuración:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/pe/*</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>Pe is a sophisticated editor, with its syntax highlighting targeted mainly at programmers and HTML writers. Originally created by Maarten Hekkelmann, it's been open sourced and maintained by Haiku developers. A bugtracker and more information is available at the <a href="http://developer.berlios.de/projects/pe-editor/">Pe project page</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Descubra más acerca de las características de Pe en su propia <a href="file:///boot/apps/Pe/Documentation.html">documentación</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Find out more about Pe's features in its local <a href="file:// /boot/system/apps/Pe/Documentation/index.html">documentation</a>. </p>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -55,6 +55,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<div id="content">
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">La traducción de esta página no está completa aún. Hasta que esté, las partes sin terminar vienen en su inglés original.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/apps-images/poorman-icon_64.png" alt="poorman-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />PoorMan</h2>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
@ -73,7 +74,7 @@
|
||||
El tabulador <span class="menu">Advanced</span> (avanzado) mantiene la selección del número máximo de conexiones simultáneas.</p>
|
||||
<p>Los elementos de menú de la ventana de la consola son autoexplicativos. Con ellos se puede, p. ej., cuardar (partes) de la salida de la consola, limpiar la consola o el archivo de sucesos e iniciar/detener el servidor o limpiar el contador de clics.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Si desea comprobar si PoorMan está trabajando, seleccione <span class="path">/boot/apps/BePDF/docs/</span> como folder y <span class="cli">index.html</span> como página de inicio. Luego escriba en un navegador la URL 127.0.0.1, la cual es la máquina local.</div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">If you want to try out if PoorMan's working, choose <span class="path">/boot/system/apps/BePDF/docs/</span> as folder and <span class="cli">index.html</span> as start page. Then point your browser to the URL 127.0.0.1, which is your local host.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -80,18 +80,23 @@ By default, <tt>%1d: %p</tt>, a tab shows the current directory and, separated b
|
||||
Via <span class="menu">Edit | Window title...</span> the Terminal window's title can be edited in a similar way.</p>
|
||||
<p>Right-clicking a tab shows a context menu to <span class="menu">Close tab</span>, <span class="menu">Close other tabs</span> or, like double-clicking, <span class="menu">Edit tab title...</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Una ventana de Terminal se puede retamañar como cualquier o puede usar los ajustes preestablecidos desde el menú <span class="menu">Settings | Window Size</span> (Selecciones | Ventana). <span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">ENTER</span> habilita o deshabilita el modo a pantalla completa.</p>
|
||||
<p>El tamaño de ventana modificada y la codificación del texto sólo se mantienen seleccionando <span class="menu">Settings | Save as default</span> (Selecciones | Guardar como predeterminado).</p>
|
||||
<p>All the settings you change directly through the <span class="menu">Settings</span> menu, like <span class="menu">Window title</span>, <span class="menu">Window size</span>, <span class="menu">Text encoding</span> or <span class="menu">Font size</span> are only kept for the current session. If you want to make permanent changes, you have to apply them in the <span class="menu">Settings...</span> panel.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="settings" name="settings">Settings</a></h2>
|
||||
<p><span class="menu">Settings | Settings...</span> opens a panel to configure the standard settings of a Terminal.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/terminal-settings.png" alt="terminal-settings.png" />
|
||||
<br />
|
||||
<p>It starts off with the "formulas" for naming tab and window titles. Again, tooltips show the available variables. Below that you set font type, font size and the different text and background colors. You can choose a pre-defined color schema like <span class="menu">Black on white</span> or <span class="menu">White on black</span> or create a <span class="menu">Custom</span> one using the color picker below.<br />
|
||||
Activate the checkbox to <span class="menu">Confirm exit if active programs exist</span> and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.<br />
|
||||
You can save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.<br />
|
||||
Pressing <span class="button">OK</span> will save the current settings as default.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Most of the offered settings speak for themselves.<br />
|
||||
Hover your mouse over the "formulas" for naming tab and window titles to get tooltips for the available variables. <br />
|
||||
You can choose pre-defined color schema like <span class="menu">Midnight</span> or <span class="menu">Retro</span> or create a <span class="menu">Custom</span> one by selecting which color you want to change (<span class="menu">Text</span>, <span class="menu">Background</span>, <span class="menu">Cursor</span> etc.) and then use the color picker below.</p>
|
||||
<p>A few more options follow: you can have a <span class="menu">Blinking cursor</span> and choose to <span class="menu">Use bright instead of bold text</span>. The latter setting avoids the sometimes rather unsightly rendering of bold fonts in the Terminal.<br />
|
||||
Activate the checkbox to <span class="menu">Confirm exit if active programs exist</span> and you'll be warned when trying to close a Terminal window while an app is still being executed.</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td class="onelinetop"><span class="button">Save to file...</span></td><td width="10"> </td><td>let's you save different settings as separate profiles, which on double-click open an accordingly configured Terminal.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Revert</span></td><td> </td><td>brings back the settings that were active when you opened the settings panel.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><span class="button">Defaults</span></td><td> </td><td>resets everything to default values.</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="shortcuts" name="shortcuts">Atajos de teclado</a></h2>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -48,9 +48,9 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="../../en/applications/vision.html"><img src="../../images/flags/gb.png" alt="" />English</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Aplicaciones</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush (Editor de imágenes)</a> »
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Aplicaciones</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush (Editor de imágenes)</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -68,6 +68,187 @@
|
||||
<p>Vision es un cliente de IRC desarrollador originalmente para BeOS. La documentación y el bug tracker están dispoibles en la <a href="http://vision.sourceforge.net/">web de Vision</a>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Se puede obtener ayuda de otros usuarios de Haiku y desarrolladores en los <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/community/irc">canales de Haiku</a> disponibles en varios idiomas.<br />
|
||||
El más frecuentado es el de habla inglesa #haiku en irc.freenode.org.</div>
|
||||
<p>Here's a list of built-in commands, taken with permission from Visions website.</p>
|
||||
<p>The syntax:</p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>/COMMAND</tt></td><td width="10"></td><td>the command</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt><required></tt></td><td></td><td>a required parameter</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>[optional]</tt></td><td></td><td>an optional parameter</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>|</tt></td><td></td><td>a logical OR</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>...</tt></td><td></td><td>more parameters possible</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ABOUT</span><br />
|
||||
Opens Vision's About window.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ACRONYM [word]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens www.acronymfinder.com with your current html handler. (Note: If the file-handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/AWAY [away-reason]</span><br />
|
||||
Sets away status on current network. If no away reason is specified, it is set to 'BRB'. (be right back)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/BACK</span><br />
|
||||
Sets your status to 'back' on current network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/CLEAR</span><br />
|
||||
Clears the contents of the current text buffer.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/CTCP <nick|channel> <PING|VERSION|FINGER|TIME|CLIENTINFO|USERINFO></span><br />
|
||||
Executes the specified ctcp command on a channel or nick.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DCC <CHAT> <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Opens a private dcc chat session with the specified nick.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DCC <SEND> <nick> [file]</span><br />
|
||||
Sends a file to <nick>. If no file is specified, a File panel will open.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DEOP /DOP /DEVOICE <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
De-ops or de-voices <nick(s)>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DESCRIBE <nick> <message></span><br />
|
||||
Same as /ME, but opens a query on <nick>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/DNS <domain name/IP address></span><br />
|
||||
Resolves the given IP or domain name.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/EXIT</span><br />
|
||||
Quits Vision.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GAWAY [away-reason]</span><br />
|
||||
Same as /AWAY [away-reason], but applies to all connected networks.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GBACK</span><br />
|
||||
Same as /BACK, but on applies to all connected networks.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/GOOGLE [search-string]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens www.google.com with your current html handler. (Note: If the file-handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/INVITE /I <nick> <channel></span><br />
|
||||
Invites <nick> to the <channel>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/JOIN /J <channel> [channel-key]</span><br />
|
||||
Joins the <channel>. Provide a [channel-key] if necessary.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/KICK /K <nick> [reason]</span><br />
|
||||
Kicks <nick> from current channel. If [reason] is not specified, it will be set to the reason specified in Preferences.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/KILL <nick> [message]</span><br />
|
||||
IRC operator command to disconnect a user from the network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/LIST</span><br />
|
||||
Opens a new view which lists all the channels on the current network. [except hidden channels]</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the channel modes of the current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M <+-ohvbeqa> <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Same as <span class="menu">MODE <channel> <modes> <nick></span>, but on current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/M <+-kfL,l,psmntirRcOAQKVHGCuzN></span><br />
|
||||
Same as <span class="menu">/MODE <channel> <modes></span>, but on current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/ME <text></span><br />
|
||||
Displays: <i>* emwe <text>.</i></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MODE <channel> <+-ohvbeqa> <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Sets mode for <nick(s)> on <channel>.<br />
|
||||
e.g. <span class="menu">/MODE #channel +o nick1</span><br />
|
||||
or <span class="menu">/MODE #channel +oo-o nick1 nick2 nick3</span></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MODE <channel> <+-kfL,l,psmntirRcOAQKVHGCuzN></span><br />
|
||||
Sets the mode of <channel>. (Note: Commata just for optical separation.)<br />
|
||||
e.g. <span class="menu">/MODE #channel +ms</span></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/MSG <nick> <message></span><br />
|
||||
Sends a <message> to <nick>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NAMES</span><br />
|
||||
Displays all channels and all nicks of the network in the network window. (Careful with this one)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NAMES <channel></span><br />
|
||||
Displays nick(s) in <channel>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NICK <newnick></span><br />
|
||||
Changes your nick to <newnick>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NOTICE <nick> <message></span><br />
|
||||
Sends a notice to <nick> with the given <message>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/NOTIFY <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Adds <nick(s)> to your notify list.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PEXEC /RRUN <app1> [ | <app2> | ... ]</span><br />
|
||||
Executes the given <app>. If more than one application is provided, they will be executed in a pipe.<br />
|
||||
e.g. <span class="menu">/PEXEC Terminal | StyledEdit</span> opens a new Terminal, and afterwards StyledEdit<br />
|
||||
or <span class="menu">/PEXEC ls -la ~/Downloads/</span> displays the contents of your ~/Downloads/ directory in the current window (Attention!)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/OP /VOICE <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Ops or voices to <nick(s)>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PART</span><br />
|
||||
Leaves current channel or network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/PING <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Pings the <nick> and returns the ping-time. Equivalent to <span class="menu">/CTCP <nick> PING</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/QUERY /Q <nick> [message]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens a query window on <nick>, optionally along with a [message].</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/QUIT /QUI [custom-quit-message]</span><br />
|
||||
Quits current network. If [custom-quit-message] is not specified, the default set in Preferences will be used.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/RAW /QUOTE <command|text></span><br />
|
||||
Sends a raw IRC command.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/RECONNECT</span><br />
|
||||
Will reconnect you to the current network if the 47 automatic reconnection attempts have failed.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/SLEEP <deciseconds></span><br />
|
||||
Causes current thread to sleep for the specified time ; for future scripting use.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/SQUIT</span><br />
|
||||
IRC operator command to disconnect a server.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/T</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the channel-topic of current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/T <new-channel-topic></span><br />
|
||||
Same as <span class="menu">/TOPIC <channel> <new-channel-topic></span>, but on current channel.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TIME <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Returns local time of <nick>. Equivalent to <span class="menu">/CTCP <nick> TIME.</span></p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TOPIC <channel></span><br />
|
||||
Displays the channel-topic of <channel>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/TOPIC <channel> <new-channel-topic></span><br />
|
||||
Sets the channel topic of <channel> to <new-channel-topic>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/UNNOTIFY <nick1> [nick2] ...</span><br />
|
||||
Removes <nick(s)> from your notify list.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/UPTIME [-l]</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the systems uptime. If [-l] is specified, the uptime will be echoed locally, and not sent to the network.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VERSION <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Returns the client-version of <nicks> IRC-client. Equivalent to <span class="menu">/CTCP <nick> VERSION</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VISIT <url></span><br />
|
||||
Opens <url> with your current html handler. (Note: If the handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WEBSTER /DICTIONARY [word]</span><br />
|
||||
Opens www.m-w.com (Merriam Webster) with your current html handler. (Note: If the handler is not a browser, it opens the application specified in FileTypes.)</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/VUPTIME [-l]</span><br />
|
||||
Displays the Vision uptime. The [-l] parameter has the same effect as in <span class="menu">/UPTIME</span>.</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WALLOPS</span><br />
|
||||
IRC operator command that sends a wallops message (visible to those with umode w active).</p></li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">/WHOIS /W <nick></span><br />
|
||||
Returns whois information of <nick>.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
@ -75,9 +256,9 @@ El más frecuentado es el de habla inglesa #haiku en irc.freenode.org.</div>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Aplicaciones</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush (Editor de imágenes)</a> »
|
||||
« <a href="pe.html">Pe</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-bundled-apps" class="uplink">Aplicaciones</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="wonderbrush.html">WonderBrush (Editor de imágenes)</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
|
||||
<tr><td>Configuración:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/WonderBrush</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>WonderBrush es un editor gráfico de bitmaps y vestores. Puede encontrar más información y talleres de trabajo en la <a href="http://yellowbites.com/wonderbrush.html">web de YellowBites</a> y en la <a href="file:///boot/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation%20en/introduction.html">documentación local.</a></p>
|
||||
<p>WonderBrush is an editor for bitmap and vector graphics. Find more information and workshops at the <a href="http://yellowbites.com/wonderbrush.html">YellowBites website</a> and in the local <a href="file:///boot/system/apps/WonderBrush/Documentation%20en/introduction.html">documentation.</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -87,10 +87,10 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="gui.html#replicants">Replicants</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Aprenda acerca de los elementos básicos de la interfaz gráfica de usuario.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top"><a href="workspaces.html">Espacios de trabajo</a><ul>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#applet">El applet de Espacios de trabajo</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#switching">Cambiar entre espacios de trabajo</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#moving">Mover ventanas entre espacios de trabajo</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="workspaces.html#special">Funciones especiales</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html#applet">El applet de Espacios de trabajo</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html#moving">Mover ventanas entre espacios de trabajo</a></li>
|
||||
<li><a href="desktop-applets/workspaces.html#special">Funciones especiales</a></li></ul></td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Utilice escritorios virtuales para un entorno de trabajo libre de estorbos.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td valign="top"><a href="twitcher.html">Twitcher</a> (seleccionador de tareas)</td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Cambie entre aplicaciones iniciadas.</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
BIN
userguide/es/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/es/images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 11 KiB |
BIN
userguide/es/images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/es/images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 22 KiB |
BIN
userguide/es/images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png
Normal file
BIN
userguide/es/images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 9.9 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 43 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 78 KiB |
Binary file not shown.
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 16 KiB After Width: | Height: | Size: 23 KiB |
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -93,6 +93,7 @@
|
||||
<a id="decorators" name="decorators">Window decorators</a></h2>
|
||||
<img src="../images/prefs-images/appearance-decorators.png" alt="appearance-decorators.png" />
|
||||
<p>Decorators determine the look and feel of windows and all GUI elements. Currently Haiku comes with only one default decorator. Should you find and install other decorators, you can choose a different one from the pop-up menu.</p>
|
||||
<p>Haiku's default decorator lets you set the arrow style of the scroll bar: either single arrows at the end of scrollbars to conserve a bit of space, or double arrows — the traditional BeOS way — potentially saving some mouse moving when scrolling up and down or left and right...</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2011, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -151,13 +151,15 @@ Este filtrado de type-ahead se selecciona en las <a href="#tracker-preferences.h
|
||||
<br />Así que, en breve, las selecciones no tan obvias:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Desktop</span> - Decide if all mounted disks appear directly on the Desktop or in a window after clicking a single Disk icon sitting on the Desktop.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Windows</span> - You can set <span class="menu">Single window navigation</span>, i.e. a double-clicked folder doesn't open in its own window, but inside the already open window instead, replacing the view of it's parent folder. This is not the same as clicking while holding the <span class="key">OPT</span> key, as described above, because you'll lose the per window saved position and size.
|
||||
<br /><br /></p>
|
||||
<li><p><b>Windows</b> (ventanas) - Puede seleccionarse <span class="menu">Single Window Navigation</span> (navegación en una sola ventana), p. ej., si al dar doble clic en una carpeta no se abre en su propia ventana, sino dentro de la ventana ya abierta, remplazando la vista de su carpeta padre. Esto no es lo mismo que dar clic mientras se mantiene presionada la tecla <span class="key">OPT</span>, como se describió arriba, ya que se perderá la posición y tamaño guardado por cada ventana.
|
||||
<br /><br />
|
||||
<img src="images/tracker-images/tracker-preferences-navigator.png" alt="tracker-preferences-navigator.png" />
|
||||
<p>Before you switch Tracker to Single Window Navigation mode, because that may feel more familiar to you, we recommend giving the menu based browsing a try first, as that may actually work much faster for you after getting used to. On the other hand, single window browsing offers a <i>Navigator</i> where you can enter or copy & paste a path name and use back, forward and up buttons.</p>
|
||||
<p>Activating <span class="menu">Type-ahead filtering</span> will filter the contents of a Tracker window while you type to only display the files matching your string in their name or any currently displayed attribute. See <a href="#type-ahead-filter">above</a>.</p></li>
|
||||
</p>
|
||||
<p>Antes que elija el modo "Single Window Navigation" de Tracker, ya que puede ser más familiar, le recomendamos darle una oportunidad a la exploración basada en menús, porque puede funcionar mucho más rápido tras acostumbrarse. Del otro lado, la navegación en ventana única ofrece un <i>Navegador</i> donde se puede ingresar o copiar y pegar un nombre de ruta y usar los botones atrás, adelante y arriba.</p>
|
||||
<p>Activar el filtrado de <span class="menu">Type-ahead</span> filtrará los contenidos de una ventana de Tracker mientras se escribe para desplegar sólo los archivos que concuerden con la cadena en su nombre o cualquier atributo actualmente desplegado. Vea <a href="#type-ahead-filter">arriba</a>.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Trash</span> - Set the behavior when deleting a file.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Volume icons</span> - Set the color of an optional indicator of free space that's shown besides a disk's icon.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Disk mount</span> - Define when and what disks are mounted automatically, as described above under <a href="#mounting-volumes">"Mounting volumes"</a>.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>Este cuadro de diálogo, por cierto, también está disponible como <span class="app">Tracker</span> en las <span class="menu">Preferences</span> (preferencias) de la barra de escritorio Deskbar.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
|
||||
<h1>Workshop: Wireless networking</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Getting the networking to run is essential in today's need for permanent internet connection. As keeping up to date with all the different and ever changing hardware and drivers is quite impossible for a small project, Haiku relies on a <a href="http://www.freebsd.org">FreeBSD</a> compatibility layer for its networking drivers.<br />
|
||||
This ensures a massive amount of supported hardware, though probably not 100% of what's out there. See <a href="https://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/wireless#hardware-notes">this list online</a> for a list of supported models or check <a href="http://www.freebsd.org/releases/9.2R/hardware.html#wlan">FreeBSD 9.2's release hardware notes</a>.</p>
|
||||
This ensures a massive amount of supported hardware, though probably not 100% of what's out there. See <a href="https://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/wireless#hardware-notes">this list online</a> for a list of supported models or check <a href="http://www.freebsd.org/releases/9.3R/hardware.html#wlan">FreeBSD 9.3's release hardware notes</a>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Currently only PCI, PCI-X, PCI-Express, Mini PCI, and Mini PCI-Express devices are expected to work.<br />
|
||||
PCMCIA, CardBus, ExpressCard, USB and ISA devices still need more work to become functional.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2013, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2008-2015, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -56,27 +56,29 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<div id="content">
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Tämän sivun kotoistaminen ei ole vielä täydellinen. Siihen asti keskeneräiset osat käyttävät englanninkielistä alkuperäistekstiä.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h1>Sovellukset</h1>
|
||||
|
||||
<p>Katsokaamme yksityiskohtaisesti sitä kuinka asennetaan ja poistetaan ohjelmia ennen sukeltamista Haikun mukana tuleviin sovelluksiin. Kätevin tapa löytää, asentaa, päivittää ja poistaa sovelluksia on Haikun pakkauksenhallintajärjestelmän kautta. Koska Haiku on kuitenkin suurelta osin binaarinen ja lähdeyhteensopiva BeOS-esi-isän kanssa, saatat löytää vanhempia arkistoja (.zip ja .pkg), jotka voidaan myös asentaa.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Alla mainitaan aina Home-kansiohierarkian <tt>~/config/</tt>-kansio. Jos tarkoituksesi on jakaa pakkauksia kaikille käyttäjille (sitten kun Haikusta tulee monikäyttäjäkäyttöjärjestelmä), sinun pitäisi käyttää peilitiedostojärjestelmää kansion <tt>/system/</tt> alla. Katso lisätietoja aiheesta <a href="filesystem-layout.html">Tiedostojärjestelmäkokoonpano</a>.</div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Below you'll always find the <tt>/system/</tt> hierarchy of the mentioned. If you intend to install packages only for a single user (once Haiku becomes multi-user aware), you should use the mirrored filesystem hierarchy under home: <tt>~/config/</tt>. See topic <a href="filesystem-layout.html">Filesystem layout</a> for more information.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="hpkg" name="hpkg">Haiku-pakkaukset (.hpkg)</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Pakkauksen löytäminen, lataus ja automaattinen asennus sekä asennuksen poisto onnistuu yksinkertaisemmin <a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a>:in kautta. Jos se ei ole vaihtoehto — ehkä olet ladannut pakkauksen jostain, koska se ei ole (vielä) julkisessa tietovarastossa — se on yhtä helppo asentaa manuaalisesti: Siirrä vain .hpkg-tiedosto kansioon <tt>~/config/packages/</tt>. </p>
|
||||
<p>Löydät äskettäin asennetun sovelluksen kansiosta <tt>~/config/apps/</tt> tai komentorivisovelluksen tapauksessa kansiosta <tt>~/config/bin/</tt>. Kaikki muut tiedostot, joista ohjelma on riippuvainen (kirjastot, data, lisäosat, jne.) ilmaantuvat automaattisesti oikeisiin paikkoihin tiedostojärjestelmässä.</p>
|
||||
<p>The simplest way is to use <a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a> to find, download and automatically install and uninstall a package. If you have downloaded a package from somewhere else — maybe because it's not (yet) in a public repository — just double-click it to open in HaikuDepot and install from there.</p>
|
||||
<p>You'll find the newly installed application in <tt>/system/apps/</tt> or, in case of a commandline application, in <tt>/system/bin/</tt>. All other files the program depends upon (libraries, data, add-ons, etc.) appear automatically in the right locations in the filesystem.</p>
|
||||
<p>Aiheet <a href="deskbar.html">Työpöytäpalkki</a> tai <a href="desktop-applets/launchbox.html">Käynnistyslaatikko</a> kuvailevat, kuinka pikakuvake lisätään vasta asennettuun sovellukseen.</p>
|
||||
<p>Asennuksen poistaminen on yhtä helppoa: siirrä pakkaus pois kansiosta <tt>~/config/packages/</tt>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Muuten, vaikka voit purkaa .hpkg-tiedoston, kuten minkä tahansa muun arkiston, pakkauksenhallinta ei tee sitä pakkauksen asennuksen aikana. Vaikka alla oleva tiedostojärjestelmä vain näyttää levittävän tiedostot asianmukaisiin paikkoihin, mitään tiedostojen fyysistä siirtämistä ei tapahdu. Tästä syystä asentaminen/asennuksen poisto on hyvin nopeaa ja siistiä.</div>
|
||||
<p>Jos pakkauksessa on riippuvuus joistakin muista kirjastoista tai pakkauksista, ponnahdusikkuna kysyy myös, että ladataanko ja asennetaanko välttämättömät tiedostot.</p>
|
||||
<p>Uninstalling is just as easy: Simply find the package in HaikuDepot and click <span class="button">Uninstall</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p>If you're working in the Terminal or want to do un/installing of packages in a script, you should have a look at the command <tt>pkgman --help</tt>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="beos_apps" name="beos_apps">Vanhat BeOS-arkistot (.zip ja .pkg)</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>BeOS-arkistot, jotka sisältävät sovelluskansiossa kaiken tarvittavan, voidaan yksinkertaisesti purkaa (kaksoisnapsautus avaa <span class="app">Laajentaja</span>n tai vanhan <span class="app">Pakkausasentaja</span>n) avulla missä tahansa kansion <tt>/boot/home/</tt> alla ja sovellus voidaan suorittaa siellä. Sellaisten itsensäsisältävien sovellusten asennuksen purkaminen on helppoa: poista vain sovelluksen kansio.</p>
|
||||
<p>Seuraava koskee vanhojen BeOS-sovellusten enemmistöä. Jos ilmenee, että sovellus ei toimi suoraan "laatikosta otettuna", koska se haluaa levittää tiedostojaan kiinteästi koodattuihin kansiosijainteihin, joiden olemassaoloa ei taata, voit yrittää korjata pulman manuaalisesti. Kansio <tt>~/config/non-packaged/</tt> sallii sinun luoda uudelleen tarvittavan kansiohierarkia. Kun yhä enemmän oikeita .hpkg-pakkauksia tulee saataville ja vanhat BeOS-sovellukset pakataan uudelleen, tätä tarvitaan yhä vähemmän. Tarkista tästä <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/install-applications">verkkoartikkelista</a> kuinka <tt>non-packaged</tt>-hierarkiaa käytetään.</p>
|
||||
<p>This is true for the majority of old BeOS applications. If you happen upon one that doesn't work out-of-the-box, because it wants to spread its files to hard-coded locations that are not guaranteed to exist, you can try to fix things manually. The folder <tt>/system/non-packaged/</tt> allows you to recreate the needed folder hierarchy. As more and more real .hpkg packages become available and old BeOS applications get re-packaged, this will become less needed. Please consult this <a href="http://www.haiku-os.org/guides/daily-tasks/install-applications">online article</a> on how to use the <tt>non-packaged</tt> hierarchy.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -87,8 +89,6 @@
|
||||
<td valign="top">Työkalu järjestelmäresurssien kuten prosessori- ja muistikäytön jäljittämiseksi.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/bootmanager.html">Alkulataushallinta</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Työkalu, joka asentaa alkulatausvalikon levyaseman Master Boot Record (MBR) -tietueeseen.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/cdplayer-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/cdplayer.html">CD-soitin</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Audio-CD-levyjen soitin.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/charactermap-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/charactermap.html">Merkkikuvaus</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Sovellus, joka näyttää Unicode-merkkikuvauksen.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/codycam-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/codycam.html">Cody-kamera</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
|
||||
<td valign="top">Levyaseman osiointityökalu.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/expander-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/expander.html">Laajentaja</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Työkalu, joka purkaa tavalliset arkistot.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/haikudepot.html">HaikuVarastot</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Työkalu (sovellus)pakkausten löytämiseksi, lataamiseksi, päivittämiseksi ja asennuksen purkamiseksi</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td style="width:24px;"><img src="../images/apps-images/icon-o-matic-icon_16.png" alt="icon" width="16" height="16" /></td><td><a href="applications/icon-o-matic.html">Kuvakemaatti</a></td><td> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top">Sovellus Haikun vektorikuvakkeiden luomiseksi.</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
<a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Sovellukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="bootmanager.html">Alkulataushallinta</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="bootmanager.html">Käynnistyshallinta</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
<a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Sovellukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="bootmanager.html">Alkulataushallinta</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="bootmanager.html">Käynnistyshallinta</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
|
||||
<meta name="robots" content="all" />
|
||||
<title>Alkulataushallinta</title>
|
||||
<title>Käynnistyshallinta</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../../Haiku-doc.css" />
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
@ -49,49 +49,49 @@
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="activitymonitor.html">Aktiviteettivalvonta</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Sovellukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="cdplayer.html">CD-soitin</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="charactermap.html">Merkkikuvaus</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<div id="content">
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/apps-images/bootmanager-icon_64.png" alt="bootmanager-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />Alkulataushallinta</h2>
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/apps-images/bootmanager-icon_64.png" alt="bootmanager-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />Käynnistyshallinta</h2>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td>Työpöytäpalkki:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><i>Ei valikkoriviä, käynnistetään normaalisti Asennusohjelman <span class="menu">Työkalut</span>-valikosta</i></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Sijainti:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/BootManager</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Asetukset:</td><td></td><td><i>ei ole</i><br />MBR-varmuuskopiot tallennetaan oletuksena hakemistoon <span class="path">~/config/settings/bootman/</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>Jos et lisää Haiku-osiota olemassa olevaan alkulataushallintaan kuten GRUB, Alkulataushallinta voi asentaa Master Boot Record (MBR) -tietueeseen pienen alkulatausvalikon, joka näyttää likimain tällaiselta:</p>
|
||||
<p>Jos et lisää Haiku-osiota olemassa olevaan käynnistyshallintaan kuten GRUB, Käynnistyshallinta voi asentaa Master Boot Record (MBR) -tietueeseen pienen käynnistysvalikon, joka näyttää likimain tällaiselta:</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/bootmenu.png" alt="bootmenu.png" />
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Alkulataushallintaa ei ole vielä testattu kovin hyvin ja siinä on vielä joitakin rajoituksia, joista se valittaa, jos ne kohdataan: valikko voidaan asentaa vain ensimmäiselle kiintolevylle ja siinä on oltava 2 kibitavua tilaa Master Boot Record (MBR) -tietueen jälkeen.</div>
|
||||
<p>Alkulataushallinta ohjaa sinut alkulatausvalikon asennusprosessin lävitse.</p>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Käynnistyshallintaa ei ole vielä testattu kovin hyvin ja siinä on vielä joitakin rajoituksia, joista se valittaa, jos ne kohdataan: valikko voidaan asentaa vain ensimmäiselle kiintolevylle ja siinä on oltava 2 kibitavua tilaa Master Boot Record (MBR) -tietueen jälkeen.</div>
|
||||
<p>Käynnistyshallinta ohjaa sinut käynnistysvalikon asennusprosessin lävitse.</p>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a name="1-drives" id="1-drives">Kohdelevyaseman valitsiminen</a></h2>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-1.png" alt="bootmanager-1.png" />
|
||||
<p>Alkulataushallinta lähtee kaikkien käytettävissä olevien levyasemien luettelosta, josta valitset kohteen. Jos kohdelevyasemalla on jo olemassa alkulatausvalikko, painike <span class="button">Poista asennus</span> tulee aktiiviseksi johdatellen sinut yksinkertaisen proseduurin lävitse aiemmin varmuuskopioidun MBR:n palauttamiseksi, mikä poistaa taas alkulatausvalikon.<br />Muussa tapauksessa jatka valitsemalla <span class="button">Asenna</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Käynnistyshallinta lähtee kaikkien saatavilla olevien levyasemien luettelosta, josta valitset kohteen. Jos kohdelevyasemalla on jo olemassa käynnistysvalikko, painike <span class="button">Poista asennus</span> tulee aktiiviseksi johdatellen sinut yksinkertaisen proseduurin lävitse aiemmin varmuuskopioidun MBR:n palauttamiseksi, mikä poistaa taas käynnistysvalikon.<br />Muussa tapauksessa jatka valitsemalla <span class="button">Asenna</span>.</p>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a name="2-backup" id="2-backup">Master Boot Record (MBR) -tietueen varmuuskopiointi</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Master Boot Record (MBR) tallennetaan nyt siltä varalta, että jokin menee vikaan ja haluat taas poistaa alkulatausvalikon. Tämä on selvästi hyvin tärkeä askel. Varmista, että et vahingossa korvaa jotain toista MBR-varmuuskopiota esimerkiksi ehkä jostain aikaisemmasta kokeilusta!</p>
|
||||
<p>Master Boot Record (MBR) tallennetaan nyt siltä varalta, että jokin menee vikaan ja haluat taas poistaa käynnistysvalikon. Tämä on selvästi hyvin tärkeä askel. Varmista, että et vahingossa korvaa jotain toista MBR-varmuuskopiota esimerkiksi ehkä jostain aikaisemmasta kokeilusta!</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-2.png" alt="bootmanager-2.png" />
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-3.png" alt="bootmanager-3.png" />
|
||||
<p>Valitse vain varmuuskopiotiedoston "<tt>MBR</tt>" kohde tai jätä oletuspolku. <span class="button">Seuraava</span>-painikkeen napsauttamisen jälkeen saat vahvistuksen siitä, että varmuuskopiointi onnistui.</p>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a name="3-menu" id="3-menu">Alkulatausvalikon asettaminen</a></h2>
|
||||
<a name="3-menu" id="3-menu">Käynnistysvalikon asettaminen</a></h2>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-4.png" alt="bootmanager-4.png" />
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-5.png" alt="bootmanager-5.png" />
|
||||
<p>Seuraavaksi sinulle esitellään kohdelevyaseman kaikkien osioiden luettelo. Asettamalla pukki-merkin päätät siitä, että mitkä osiot ilmaantuvat alkulatausvalikkoon. Tekstilaatikot sallivat sinun nimetä osiot uudelleen.</p>
|
||||
<p>Sen jälkeen valitset ponnahdusvalikosta, että miltä osiolta alkuladataan oletuksena ja aseta aikavalvonta alla olevasta liukukytkimestä. Tässä "<i>Heti</i>" ohittaa alkulatausvalikon kokonaan. "<i>Ei koskaan</i>" tarkoittaa, että alkulataus pysähtyy alkulatausvalikkoon. Voit ohittaa aikavalvonnan pitämällä <span class="key">ALT</span>-näppäintä alhaalla alkulatauksen aikana.</p>
|
||||
<p>Seuraavaksi sinulle esitellään kohdelevyaseman kaikkien osioiden luettelo. Asettamalla pukki-merkin päätät siitä, että mitkä osiot ilmaantuvat käynnistysvalikkoon. Tekstilaatikot sallivat sinun nimetä osiot uudelleen.</p>
|
||||
<p>Sen jälkeen valitset ponnahdusvalikosta, että miltä osiolta käynnistetään oletuksena ja aseta aikavalvonta alla olevasta liukukytkimestä. Tässä "<i>Heti</i>" ohittaa käynnistysvalikon kokonaan. "<i>Ei koskaan</i>" tarkoittaa, että käynnistys pysähtyy käynnistysvalikkoon. Voit ohittaa aikavalvonnan pitämällä <span class="key">ALT</span>-näppäintä alhaalla käynnistyksen aikana.</p>
|
||||
<h2>
|
||||
<a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a name="4-mbr" id="4-mbr">Alkulatausvalikon kirjoittaminen</a></h2>
|
||||
<a name="4-mbr" id="4-mbr">Käynnistysvalikon kirjoittaminen</a></h2>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-6.png" alt="bootmanager-6.png" />
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/bootmanager-7.png" alt="bootmanager-7.png" />
|
||||
<p>Ennen kuin alkulatausvalikko kirjoitetaan MBR-tietueeseen, saat asetuksesi yhteenvedon ja siten viimeisen mahdollisuuden keskeyttää toiminnon. Älä silti murehdi, niin kauan kuin pidät MBR-varmuuskopion tallessa, voit helposti perua muutokset. Jos asiat menevät kunnolla sekaisin, voit aina alkuladata Haikun asennus-CD-levyltä tai USB-tikulta ja kirjoittaa MBR-varmuuskopion takaisin kiintolevylle Alkulataushallinnan avulla.</p>
|
||||
<p>Ennen kuin käynnistysvalikko kirjoitetaan MBR-tietueeseen, saat asetuksesi yhteenvedon ja siten viimeisen mahdollisuuden keskeyttää toiminnon. Älä silti murehdi, niin kauan kuin pidät MBR-varmuuskopion tallessa, voit helposti perua muutokset. Jos asiat menevät kunnolla sekaisin, voit aina käynnistää Haikun asennus-CD-levyltä tai USB-tikulta ja kirjoittaa MBR-varmuuskopion takaisin kiintolevylle Käynnistyshallinnan avulla.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="activitymonitor.html">Aktiviteettivalvonta</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Sovellukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="cdplayer.html">CD-soitin</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="charactermap.html">Merkkikuvaus</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="../../en/applications/charactermap.html"><img src="../../images/flags/gb.png" alt="" />English</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="cdplayer.html">CD-soitin</a>
|
||||
« <a href="bootmanager.html">Käynnistyshallinta</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Sovellukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="codycam.html">Cody-kamera</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/charactermap.png" alt="charactermap.png" />
|
||||
<p>Vasemmalla on vakiolohkot yhdessä kätevien suodatintoimintojen kanssa. Valinnaisesti voit valita myös <span class="menu">Näkymä</span>-valikosta <span class="menu">Näytä yksityiset lohkot</span>. Oikealla näytetään todelliset merkit näissä lohkoissa, käyttäen kirjasinta, joka on määritelty <span class="menu">Kirjasin</span>-valikossa. Alla voit muuttaa kirjasimen kokoa. Ja sen alla näytetään hiiren kohdistimen kohdalla olevan kirjainmerkin heksadesimaali-, desimaali ja UTF-8 -arvo.</p>
|
||||
<p>Voit raahata ja pudottaa merkin suoraan merkkikuvauksesta tekstieditoriin, tai valita hiiren oikealla painikkeella yhden seuraavista vaihtoehdoista:
|
||||
<span class="menu">Kopioi merkki</span> (<span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">C</span>) tai <span class="menu">Kopioi koodinvaihtomerkkijonona</span> (<span class="key">SHIFT</span> <span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">C</span>). Tuloksena on esimerkiksi joko <tt>€</tt> tai <tt>\xe2\x82\xac</tt>.</p>
|
||||
<span class="menu">Kopioi merkki</span> (<span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">C</span>) tai <span class="menu">Kopioi koodinvaihtomerkkijonona</span> (<span class="key">VAIHTO</span> <span class="key">ALT</span> <span class="key">C</span>). Tuloksena on esimerkiksi joko <tt>€</tt> tai <tt>\xe2\x82\xac</tt>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="cdplayer.html">CD-soitin</a>
|
||||
« <a href="bootmanager.html">Käynnistyshallinta</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Sovellukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="codycam.html">Cody-kamera</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2012, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2010-2014, Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
|
||||
<tr><td>Sijainti:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/bin/</span><br /><span class="path">~/config/bin/</span><br /><span class="path">~/config/non-packaged/bin/</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>Kaikki Haikun mukana toimitettavat komentorivisovellukset ovat joko kansiossa <span class="path">/boot/system/bin</span>. Omien tai ylimääräisinä asennettujen komentorivisovellusten pitäisi mennä kansioon <span class="path">~/config/bin</span>, kun ne asennetaan .hpkg-pakkauksesta. Muussa tapauksessa laitat ne kansioon <span class="path">~/config/non-packaged/bin/</span>. Kaikki nämä sijainnit ovat PATH-muuttujan osia ja löytyvät siksi automaattisesti.<br />
|
||||
<p>Kaikki Haikun mukana toimitettavat komentorivisovellukset ovat kansiossa <span class="path">/boot/system/bin</span>. Omien tai ylimääräisinä asennettujen komentorivisovellusten pitäisi mennä kansioon <span class="path">~/config/bin</span>, kun ne asennetaan .hpkg-pakkauksesta. Muussa tapauksessa laitat ne kansioon <span class="path">~/config/non-packaged/bin/</span>. Kaikki nämä sijainnit ovat PATH-muuttujan osia ja löytyvät siksi automaattisesti.<br />
|
||||
Seuraava ei ole tyhjentävä luettelo kaikista Haiku-kohtaisista CLI-sovelluksista, se palvelee vain korostamalla muutamaa kaikkein hyödyllisintä antamaan sinulle makua komentorivisovelluksista. Rohkaistu itse omalta osaltasi tutkimaan, mitä on <span class="path">bin/</span> -kansioissa. Sovelluksen suorittaminen parametrillä <tt>--help</tt> näyttää komennon käytön ja kaikki sen eri valitsimet.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -89,11 +89,14 @@ Haluaisitko linkittää sen?" "Työpöydälle" "Työpöytäpalkkiin" "Ei kiitos"
|
||||
<pre class="terminal">filepanel -s -t "Tallenna lokitiedostosi" -d ~/config/settings -n Fantastic.log</pre>
|
||||
<p><img src="../images/apps-images/cli-filepanel.png" alt="cli-alert.png" /></p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span> on kiva tapa odottaa tietyn sovelluksen tai säikeen käynnistymistä tai loppumista.</p>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">hey</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">hey</span> on pieni aputyökalu, joka lähettää BMessage-viestit sovellukseen ja tulostaa niiden vastauksen. Sitä voidaan käyttää sovellusskriptaukseen, toisin sanoen sovelluksen "kauko-ohjaukseen" skriptistä tai komentoriviltä. Sen käyttö on hiukan mutkikasta... Scot Hackerin BeOS-raamatussa on perusteellinen <a href="http://www.birdhouse.org/beos/bible/bos/ch_scripting6.html">hey-oppikurssi</a>, jonka tekijä on Chris Herborth.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">query</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">query</span> on komentoriviversio Etsi-paneelista. Itse asiassa, nopea tapa tuottaa hakutermi on rakentaa kysely Työpöytäpalkin Etsi-paneelissa, vaihtaa valikkoon <span class="menu">kaavoittain</span>, lisätä kaksoislainausmerkit (<tt>"</tt>) eteen ja taakse ja liittää koko merkkijono <span class="cli">query</span>-komentosi perään Pääteikkunassa tai skriptissäsi.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">waitfor</span> on kiva tapa odottaa tietyn sovelluksen tai säikeen käynnistymistä tai loppumista.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr></table>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
@ -101,7 +104,7 @@ Haluaisitko linkittää sen?" "Työpöydälle" "Työpöytäpalkkiin" "Ei kiitos"
|
||||
|
||||
<table summary="scripting cli tools" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span> on tärkeä työkalu tarkistamaan tiedostojärjestelmäsi virheet. Lisää yksinkertaisesti taltio tai laitenimi ja ohjelma käy lävitse jokaisen tiedoston ja korjaa epäyhtenäisyydet missä mahdollista.</p>
|
||||
<td><p><span class="cli">checkfs</span> on tärkeä työkalu tarkistamaan tiedostojärjestelmäsi virheet. Lisää yksinkertaisesti taltionimi, kuten <span class="path">/Haiku</span> tai laitepolku ja ohjelma käy lävitse jokaisen tiedoston ja korjaa epäyhtenäisyydet missä mahdollista.</p>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><p><span class="cli">desklink</span></p></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td>
|
||||
<td valign="top"><p><span class="cli">desklink</span> voi asentaa kuvakkeen mille tahansa tiedostolle, kansiolle, kyselylle tai sovellukselle Työpöytäpalkin tarjottimelle. Se tarjoaa myös mahdollisuuden tiettyjen toimintojen suorittamiseen kontekstivalikosta napsauttamalla hiiren oikealla painikkeella kuvaketta. Esimerkkinä, yritä tätä lisäämällä komentorivisovellus <span class="app">screenshot</span> eri valitsimilla ("<tt>\</tt>" ensimmäisellä rivillä on vain rivinvaihto Pääteikkunassa):</p>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="drivesetup.html">Levyasema-asetukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Sovellukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="haikudepot.html">HaikuVarasto</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="drivesetup.html">Levyasema-asetukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Sovellukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a> »
|
||||
:: <a href="haikudepot.html">HaikuVarasto</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 2013 Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Copyright 2013-2014 Haiku. All rights reserved.
|
||||
* Distributed under the terms of the MIT License.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Authors:
|
||||
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
|
||||
<meta name="robots" content="all" />
|
||||
<title>HaikuDepot</title>
|
||||
<title>HaikuVarasto</title>
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="../../Haiku-doc.css" />
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
@ -55,54 +55,94 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<div id="content">
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Tämän sivun kotoistaminen ei ole vielä täydellinen. Siihen asti keskeneräiset osat käyttävät englanninkielistä alkuperäistekstiä.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/apps-images/haikudepot-icon_64.png" alt="haikudepot-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />HaikuDepot</h2>
|
||||
<table class="index" id="index" summary="index">
|
||||
<tr class="heading"><td>Hakemisto</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr class="index"><td><a href="#filter">Suodatin</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#list">Luettelo</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#info">Tietoalue</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#menu">Työkalut ja valitsimet</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#account">Käyttäjätilin luominen</a><br />
|
||||
<a href="#rating">Arvosanat ja kommentointi</a><br />
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/apps-images/haikudepot-icon_64.png" alt="haikudepot-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />HaikuVarasto</h2>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td>Työpöytäpalkki:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><span class="menu">Sovellukset</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Sijainti:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/apps/HaikuDepot</span></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td>Asetukset:</td><td></td><td><span class="path">~/config/settings/HaikuDepot/</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>HaikuDepot is the central application when it comes to managing your software packages. With it you can browse and search through package repositories (also called "depots") and install, update and uninstall packages.</p>
|
||||
<p>HaikuVarasto on keskeinen sovellus ohjelmistopakkaustesi hallintaan. Sovelluksella voit selata ja etsiä pakkausvarastoja (joita kutsutaan myös "varastot") sekä asentaa, päivittää ja poistaa pakkauksia. HaikuVarasto alkaa <i>Mainostetut pakkaukset</i>-luettelolla, jossa on ohjelmistoja, jotka tuntuvat kiinnostavan monia käyttäjiä. Heti kun kirjoitat termin hakukenttään tai valitset luokan, näyttö vaihtaa pienempään kuvakkeeseen ja sarakkeisiin järjestetään lisätietoja.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot.png" alt="haikudepot.png" />
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Suodatin</h3>
|
||||
<p>At the top we find a few means to filter the list of available packages below:</p>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="filter" name="filter">Suodatin</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Ylimpänä löydämme muutamia keinoja suodattaa alla saatavilla olevien pakkausten luetteloa:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Show</span> pop-up menu lets you limit the list to individual categories like "<i>Audio</i>" or "<i>Games</i>". You can also have only your already installed packages displayed or those that have an update available.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Depot</span> pop-up menu lets you limit the list to only show packages from certain repositories,</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p>The <span class="menu">Search terms</span> text field lets you filter the list to the keywords you enter.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Luokka</span> ponnahdusvalikko sallii sinun rajoittaa luettelon yksittäisiksi luokiksi kuten "<i>Audio</i>" tai "<i>Pelit</i>".</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Varasto</span> ponnahdusvalikko määrittää, mitkä verkkovarastot kysellään tai jos näytetään vain ne asennetut pakkaukset, jotka on asennettu jostain muualta kuin verkkovarastosta ("<i>Paikallinen</i>"). Ehkä USB-tikulta tai joltain webbisivulta ladatut tai pakkaukset, jotka olet rakentanut itse.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Etsintätermit</span>-tekstikenttäsuodattimet sitten luetteloivat ne pakkaukset, jotka on kirjoitettu (välilyönneillä eroteltuina) merkkijonoina niiden nimissä tai kuvauksissa.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Luettelo</h3>
|
||||
<p>Like in any Tracker window, you can choose from a context menu which columns to display by right-clicking the column heading. A left-click sorts the list according to that column. Of course, you can rearrange the columns by dragging them to a new position.</p>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="list" name="list">Luettelo</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Kuten mikä tahansa Seuraaja-ikkuna, voit valita asiayhteysvalikosta mitkä sarakkeet näytetään napsauttamalla sarakeotsaketta hiiren kakkospainikkeella. Ykköspainike lajittelee luettelon tuon sarakkeen mukaiseksi. Tietysti voit järjestää sarakkeet uudelleen raahaamalla ne uuteen paikkaan.</p>
|
||||
<p>Pakkauksen tilasarakkeessa voi olla yksi seuraavista tiloista:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Available</span>: The package exists in that depot and can be downloaded and installed. If there are any dependencies on other packages, you'll be informed of that while installing and get the choice of downloading/installing all that's necessary.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Active</span>: The package is currently installed and ready to be used.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Update available</span>: There's a newer version than your installed one available.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Aktiivi</span>: Pakkaus on asennettu ja valmiina käytettäväksi.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Saatavilla</span>: Pakkaus on tässä varastossa ja se voidaan ladata ja asentaa. Jos pakkauksella on riippuvuuksia muihin pakkauksiin, sinulle kerrotaan siitä asennuksen aikana ja tarjotaan mahdollisuus ladata/asentaa kaikki välttämätön.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Odottaa / %</span>: <i>Odottaa</i> näytetään pakkaukselle, jota jonotetaan lataukseen/asennukseen. Pakkauksen latauksen aikana edistyminen näytetään prosentteina.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Päivitys saatavilla</span>: Asennettuun pakkaukseen on saatavilla uudempi versio.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p>You can grab the dotted line between the packages list and the info area to vertically resize the packages list.</p>
|
||||
<p>Voit tarttua pisteviivaan pakkausluettelon välissä ja vaakasuora tietoalue muuttaa pakkausluettelon kokoa.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Tietoalue</h3>
|
||||
<p>At the bottom is an area that displays information on the package that is currently selected in the list above it.<br />
|
||||
To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – depending on the current state of the package – lets you <span class="button">Install</span>, <span class="button">Uninstall</span> or <span class="button">Update</span> it.</p>
|
||||
<p>Alla on kolme välilehteä:</p>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="info" name="info">Tietoalue</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Alimmaisena on alue, joka näyttää tietoja pakkauksesta, joka on parhaillaan valittuna luettelossa.<br />
|
||||
Pakkausnimen, tekijän, arvosanan ja version oikealla puolella on painike, joka – riippuen pakkauksen nykyisestä tilasta – sallii sinun <span class="button">Asentaa</span>, <span class="button">Poistaa asennus</span> tai <span class="button">Päivittää</span> se. Jos pakkaus on jo asennettu, löydät täältä lisäpainikkeen, joka <span class="button">Avaa</span> sovelluksen.</p>
|
||||
<p>Alla on kolme välilehteä: Ohjelmasta, Arvosanat, ja Muutosloki.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">About</span> has a more detailed description of the package, as well as screenshots and a contact address and URL of the team that maintains the packaged software, if available.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Ratings</span> shows ratings and comments of users, if available. With the little thumb up/down icons to the right, you can show your approval or disapproval with a certain comment.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p><span class="menu">Changelog</span> show the detailed history of all the versions of the package that have been released so far.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5252"><span class="menu">Ohjelmasta</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5253">Ensimmäisessä välilehdessä on yksityiskohtainen pakkauskuvaus sekä kuvakaappaukset ja yhteystiedot ja pakkausta ylläpitävän ryhmän verkko-osoite, jos sellainen on saatavilla. Kuvakaappauksen pienoiskuvan napsauttaminen avaa uuteen ikkunaan kuvan suurikokoisemman version</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5254"><span class="menu">Arvosanat</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5255">Toisessa välilehdessä näytetään arvosanat ja käyttäjäkommentit, jos niitä on saatavilla.</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-rating-tab.png" alt="haikudepot-rating-tab.png" />
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5268">Vasemmalla on tilasto, joka näyttää kuinka monelta käyttäjältä pakkaus sai tietyn määrän (1...5) tähtiä.<br />
|
||||
Keskellä on käyttäjäkommentteja käyttäjätunnuksilla, heidän antamiensa tähtien määrä ja mistä pakkausversiosta he antoivat arvosanan tai kommentin. Löydät lisätietoja siitä kuinka voit itse antaa pakkaukselle arvosanan <a href="#rating">alempaa</a>.<br />
|
||||
Pienellä ylöspäin tai alaspäin olevalla peukalolla voit näyttää mielipiteesi tietystä kommentista.</p></li>
|
||||
<li><p _translation_id="5257"><span class="menu">Muutosloki</span></p>
|
||||
<p _translation_id="5258">Viimeisessä välilehdessä näytetään pakkauksen kaikkien toistaiseksi julkaistujen versioiden yksityiskohtainen historia.</p></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<h3>Työkalut ja valitsimet</h3>
|
||||
<p>In the <span class="menu">Tools</span> menu at the top of the window, you'll find an item to <span class="menu">Refresh depots</span>. This will request an up-to-date list of all available packages from the repositories.</p>
|
||||
<p>Under <span class="menu">Options</span> you can choose to also <span class="menu">Show develop packages</span> and <span class="menu">Show source packages</span> in the packages list. For the normal user those are of no interest and would only clutter the list. They are important, however, for people who need the libraries, headers etc. of a package to develop and compile programs depending on them.</p>
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="menu" name="menu">Työkalut ja valitsimet</a></h2>
|
||||
<p><span class="menu">Työkalut</span>-valikossa ikkunan yläosassa löydät rivin <span class="menu">Päivitä varastot</span>. Tämä pyytää varastoista ajantasaisen luettelon saatavilla olevista pakkauksista.</p>
|
||||
<p>Valikosta <span class="menu">Valitsimet</span> voit valita myös <span class="menu">Näytä kehityspakkaukset</span> ja <span class="menu">Näytä lähdekoodipakkaukset</span> pakkausluetteloon. Tavalliset käyttäjät eivät ole niistä kiinnostuneita ja ne sotkisivat luetteloa. Ne ovat kuitenkin tarpeita niille ihmisille, jotka tarvitsevat kirjastoja, otsakkeita jne. pakkauskehitykseen ja niistä riippuvien ohjelmien kääntämiseen.</p>
|
||||
<p>Kahdesta muusta aiheesta lisää kiinnostuneille valikosta löytyy <span class="menu">Näytä saatavilla olevat pakkaukset</span> ja <span class="menu">Näytä asennetut pakkaukset</span>, jotka ovat aika itseään selittäviä.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="account" name="account">Käyttäjätilin luominen</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Voidaksesi antaa pakkaukselle arvosanan sinulla on oltava tili <a href="http://depot.haiku-os.org">Haiku Depot-palvelimella</a>, joka palvelee kaikkia pakkauksia ja kirjaa arvosanat sekä käyttäjäkommentit. Voit luoda tilin HaikuVarasto-sovelluksella napsauttamalla valikon oikeassa yläkulmassa, jossa näytetään nykyinen tila: <span class="menu">Et ole kirjautunut sisään</span>. Valinta <span class="menu">Kirjaudu...</span> avaa ikkunan kahdella välilehdellä; yhdellä voit kirjoittaa käyttäjätunnuksesi ja salasanasi (sitten kun sinulla on ne) kirjautuaksesi, ja toisessa luot uuden tilin:</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haikudepot-login-tab.png" alt="haikudepot-login-tab.png" />
|
||||
<p>Tilin luomiseksi sinun on:</p>
|
||||
<ul><li>käytettävä käyttäjätunnusta, joka koostuu pienistä kirjaimista ilman erikoismerkkejä (äöå)</li>
|
||||
<li>käytettävä salasanaa, jossa on vähintään 8 merkkiä, joista vähintään 2 on suuria kirjaimia ja 2 numeroita</li>
|
||||
<li>tarjottava sähköpostiosoite (jos haluat uuden salasana lähetettäväksi siinä tapauksessa että unohdat sen)</li>
|
||||
<li>ratkaistava captcha-kuva-arvoitus</li></ul>
|
||||
<p>Kirjautumisen jälkeen HaikuVaraston valikon yläoikealla lukee <span class="menu">Kirjautuneena tunnuksella (...)</span>, mikä näyttää käyttäjätunnuksesi. Valikko tarjoaa nyt sinulle <span class="menu">Vaihda tiliä...</span> tai <span class="menu">Kirjaudu ulos</span>.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="rating" name="rating">Arvosanat ja kommentointi</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Kun olet luonut käyttäjätilin ja kirjautunut sisään, voit antaa pakkaukselle arvosanan ja jättää kommentin, jos haluat. Liikuta vain hiiren kohdistinta pakkauksen tietoalueen arvosanatähtien päällä ja ne muuttuvat <span class="button">Anna pakkauksen arvosana...</span>-painikkeeksi. Napsauta sitä arvosanaikkunan avaamiseksi:</p>
|
||||
<img src="../images/apps-images/haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png" alt="haiku-depot-ratingpanel.png" />
|
||||
<p>Tässä liikutat hiiren kohdistinta tähtien yläpuolella niiden sytyttämiseksi ja arvosanasi valitsemiseksi, voit myös valita tasonumeron sovelluksen stabilisuusarvioksi ja poimia valinnaisen kommentin kielen. Jotta kommentti olisi merkityksellinen, sinun pitäisi työskennellä sovelluksella, jota arvioit tutustuaksesi sen ominaisuuksiin, ohjelmointivirheisiin ja oikkuihin. Ja älä kirjoita seuraa suomalaista suurromaania... pidä se lyhyenä, lempeänä ja kohteliaana. :)<br />
|
||||
<span class="button">Lähetä</span>-painikkeen napsauttamisen jälkeen tiedot lähetetään palvelimelle. Sinun on ehkä siirryttävä <span class="menu">Työkalut</span>-valikkoon valitsemaan <span class="menu">Päivitä varastot</span> ennen kuin voit nähdä muutoksesi.</p>
|
||||
<p>Milloin tahansa voit palata ja muokata kommenttiasi tai antaa arvosanan uudelleen. Voit myös piilottaa arvioinnin muilta käyttäjältä poistamalla valinnan valintaruudusta <span class="menu">Muut käyttäjät voivat nähdä tämän arvosanan</span>.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="expander.html">Laajentaja</a>
|
||||
@ -110,6 +150,6 @@ To the right of package name, author, rating and version is a button, that – d
|
||||
:: <a href="icon-o-matic.html">Kuvakemaatti</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
|
||||
<li><a href="../../en/applications/icon-o-matic.html"><img src="../../images/flags/gb.png" alt="" />English</a></li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<span>
|
||||
« <a href="haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a>
|
||||
« <a href="haikudepot.html">HaikuVarasto</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Sovellukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="installer.html">Asennusohjelma</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Voit tietysti siirtää nämä indikaattorit vaihtamaan liukuväriä halusi muka
|
||||
|
||||
<div class="nav">
|
||||
<div class="inner"><span>
|
||||
« <a href="haikudepot.html">HaikuDepot</a>
|
||||
« <a href="haikudepot.html">HaikuVarasto</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="../applications.html#list-of-apps" class="uplink">Sovellukset</a>
|
||||
:: <a href="installer.html">Asennusohjelma</a> »
|
||||
</span></div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -55,7 +55,6 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<div id="content">
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Tämän sivun kotoistaminen ei ole vielä täydellinen. Siihen asti keskeneräiset osat käyttävät englanninkielistä alkuperäistekstiä.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/apps-images/installer-icon_64.png" alt="installer-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />Asennusohjelma</h2>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
@ -76,12 +75,12 @@
|
||||
<p>Ensimmäisessä ponnahdusvalikossa valitset asennuksen lähteen. Se voi olla jo asennettu Haiku-järjestelmä tai voi tulla asennus-CD-levyltä tai USB-levyltä, jne.<br />Toinen ponnahdusvalikko määrittelee asennuksen kohteen. Tämä kohdeosio/taltio korvataan kokonaan ja se on laitettu syrjään GParted-ohjelman tapaisella osiointityökalulla.</p>
|
||||
<p>Pienen laajentajakäyttöliittymäkomponentin napsauttaminen avaa <i>Näytä valinnaiset pakkaukset</i>, jos niitä on käytettävissä, jotka voit valita asennettavaksi perus-Haikun lisäksi.</p>
|
||||
<p>Sinun pitäisi lopuksi tarkistaa, että poimit todella oikean kohteen ennen asennusprosessin aloittamista. Napsauta painiketta <span class="button">Aseta osiot...</span>, mikä käynnistää <a href="drivesetup.html">Levyasema-asetukset</a> ja sinulla on näkymä olemassaolevien taltioiden ja osioiden nimeämiseksi ja sijoittelemiseksi.</p>
|
||||
<p><span class="button">Begin</span> starts the installation procedure, which basically copies the <span class="path">/home/</span> and <span class="path">/system/</span> folder onto the target volume and makes it bootable.</p>
|
||||
<p><span class="button">Aloita</span> käynnistää asennusproseduurin, joka perimmillään kopioi <span class="path">/home/</span>- ja <span class="path">/system/</span> -kansion kohdetaltiolle ja tekee siitä käynnistettävän.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>
|
||||
<a id="tools" name="tools">Työkalut</a></h2>
|
||||
<p>Asennusproseduurin lopussa osio tehdään automaattisesti alkuladattavaksi. Voi kuitenkin tapahtua, että joku toinen käyttöjärjestelmä tai osiointityökalu (vahingossa) korvaa Haiku-taltion alkulataussektorin. Alkulataa tässä tapauksessa asennus-CD-levysi ja käynnistä asennusohjelma. Valitse Haiku-alkulatausosio <span class="menu">Kohde: Valitse kohde</span>-valikko ja valitse <span class="menu">Kirjoita alkulataussektori</span> valikosta <span class="menu">Työkalut</span> sen tekemiseksi uudelleen alkuladattavaksi.</p>
|
||||
<p>Toista valintaa <span class="menu">Työkalut</span>-valikossa käytetään <span class="menu">Aseta alkulatausvalikko</span>-asetukseen, joka laittaa alkulataussektoriin valikon, josta voidaan valita, mikä käyttöjärjestelmä alkuladataan. Katso lisätietoja aiheesta <a href="bootmanager.html">Alkulataushallinta</a>.<br />Sinun ei tarvitse suoritaa <span class="app">Alkulataushallinta</span>-ohjelmaa, jos käytät jo alkulataushallintaa kuten GRUB, missä tapauksessa Haiku on lisättävä manuaalisesti (katso yllä), tai jos Haiku on ainoa käyttöjärjestelmä koneellasi.</p>
|
||||
<p>Asennusproseduurin lopussa osio tehdään automaattisesti käynnistettäväksi. Voi kuitenkin tapahtua, että joku toinen käyttöjärjestelmä tai osiointityökalu (vahingossa) korvaa Haiku-taltion käynnistyssektorin. Käynnistä tässä tapauksessa asennus-CD-levysi ja aloita asennusohjelma. Valitse Haiku-käynnistysosio <span class="menu">Kohde: Valitse kohde</span>-valikko ja valitse <span class="menu">Kirjoita käynnistyssektori</span> valikosta <span class="menu">Työkalut</span> sen tekemiseksi uudelleen käynnistettäväksi.</p>
|
||||
<p>Toista valintaa <span class="menu">Työkalut</span>-valikossa käytetään <span class="menu">Aseta käynnistysvalikko</span>-asetukseen, joka laittaa käynnistyssektoriin valikon, josta voidaan valita, mikä käyttöjärjestelmä käynnistetään. Katso lisätietoja aiheesta <a href="bootmanager.html">Käynnistyshallinta</a>.<br />Sinun ei tarvitse suoritaa <span class="app">Käynnistyshallinta</span>-ohjelmaa, jos käytät jo käynnistyshallintaa kuten GRUB, missä tapauksessa Haiku on lisättävä manuaalisesti (katso yllä), tai jos Haiku on ainoa käyttöjärjestelmä koneellasi.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
@ -56,21 +56,20 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<div id="content">
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<div class="box-info">Tämän sivun kotoistaminen ei ole vielä täydellinen. Siihen asti keskeneräiset osat käyttävät englanninkielistä alkuperäistekstiä.</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<h2><img src="../../images/apps-images/cli-app-icon_64.png" alt="cli-app-icon_64.png" width="64" height="64" />Kaikkien komentorivisovellusten luettelo</h2>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2">
|
||||
<tr><td>Sijainti:</td><td style="width:15px;"></td><td><span class="path">/boot/system/bin/</span><br /><span class="path">~/config/bin/</span><br /><span class="path">~/config/non-packaged/bin/</span></td></tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>All commandline applications shipped with Haiku are in <span class="path">/boot/system/bin/</span>. Your own or additionally installed commandline apps will appear in <span class="path">~/config/bin/</span> when installed from a .hpkg package. Otherwise you can put them into <span class="path">~/config/non-packaged/bin/</span>. All these locations are part of the PATH variable and are therefore automatically found.<br />
|
||||
Here's a list of all commandline applications that are shipped with Haiku. Each with only a short description of what it does, for more detailed information on its usage execute the command with the parameter <tt>--help</tt>.</p>
|
||||
<p>Kaikki Haikun mukana tulevat komentoriviohjelmat sijaitsevat joko hakemistossa <span class="path">/boot/system/bin</span>. Omat tai muut lisäämäsi komentoriviohjelmat pitäisi sijoittaa hakemistoon <span class="path">~/config/bin</span>, kun asennus tapahtuu .hpkg-pakkauksesta. Muussa tapauksessa laitat ne hakemistoon <span class="path">~/config/non-packaged/bin/</span>. Kaikki nämä sijainnit ovat osa PATH-ympäristömuuttujaa ja löytyvät siksi automaattisesti.<br />
|
||||
Tässä on luettelo Haikun mukana tulevista komentorivisovelluksista. Jokaisen kohdalla on vain lyhyt kuvaus siitä, mitä ne tekevät, yksityiskohtaisempia tietoja ohjelman käytöstä saa komentoriviparametrilla <tt>--help</tt>.</p>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<p>Indeksi: <a href="#A">A – E</a> :: <a href="#F"> F – J </a> :: <a href="#K"> K – O </a> :: <a href="#P"> P – S </a> :: <a href="#T"> T – Z </a></p>
|
||||
<p><br /></p>
|
||||
<table summary="layout" border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>CortexAddOnHost</tt></td><td style="width:10px;"> </td><td>Aloittaa palvelun, joka valvoo käytössä olevia ääni- ja videoliitännäisiä. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>FirstBootPrompt</tt></td><td> </td><td>Language and keymap setup. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>FirstBootPrompt</tt></td><td> </td><td>Kieli- ja näppäimistöasetukset. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>[</tt></td><td> </td><td>Palauttaa tosiarvot tosi/epätosi alkioiden vertailun jälkeen.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td colspan="3"><a id="A" name="A"><h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>A</h2></a>
|
||||
</td></tr>
|
||||
@ -84,8 +83,8 @@ Here's a list of all commandline applications that are shipped with Haiku. Each
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>bc</tt></td><td> </td><td>Satunnaistarkkuuksinen laskinkieli.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>beep</tt></td><td> </td><td>Soittaa kelloa. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>bunzip2</tt></td><td> </td><td>Katso <tt>bzip2</tt>.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>bzip2</tt></td><td> </td><td>File compressor.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>c++</tt></td><td> </td><td>C -Compiler.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>bzip2</tt></td><td> </td><td>Tiedostotiivistäjä.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>c++</tt></td><td> </td><td>C++-kääntäjä.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>cal</tt></td><td> </td><td>Näyttää kalenterin. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>cat</tt></td><td> </td><td>Liittää tiedostoja yhteen ja tulostaa niitä vakiotulosteeseen. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>catattr</tt></td><td> </td><td>Tulostaa tiedoston attribuutin sisällön. <a href="cli-apps.html">(Haiku-kohtainen)</a></td></tr>
|
||||
@ -114,7 +113,7 @@ Here's a list of all commandline applications that are shipped with Haiku. Each
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>dc</tt></td><td> </td><td>Työpöytälaskinkieli.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>dd</tt></td><td> </td><td>Kopioi raakatietoja, muuntaa ja muotoilee niitä operandien mukaan. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>desklink</tt></td><td> </td><td>Asentaa kohteita Työpöytäpalkkiin. <a href="cli-apps.html">(Haiku-kohtainen)</a></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>diskimage</tt></td><td> </td><td>Registers a file as disk device that can then be mounted. <a href="cli-apps.html">(Haiku specific)</a></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>diskimage</tt></td><td> </td><td>Rekisteröi tiedoston levylaitteena, joka voidaan liittää. <a href="cli-apps.html">(Haiku-kohtainen)</a></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>df</tt></td><td> </td><td>Ilmoittaa liitettyjen taltioiden vapaan ja käytetyn tilan.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>diff</tt></td><td> </td><td>Vertailee tiedostoja rivi riviltä.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>diff3</tt></td><td> </td><td>Vertailee kolmea tiedostoa rivi riviltä.</td></tr>
|
||||
@ -146,7 +145,7 @@ Here's a list of all commandline applications that are shipped with Haiku. Each
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>fortune</tt></td><td> </td><td>Tulostaa satunnaisia, toivon mukaan mielenkiintoisia, mietelauseita.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>frcode</tt></td><td> </td><td>Komento updatedb kutsuu tiivistämään tiedostonimen luettelon.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>freetype-config</tt></td><td> </td><td>Näyttää FreeType-käännös- ja -linkitystiedot.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>fstrim</tt></td><td> </td><td>Send a TRIM command to an SSD drive.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>fstrim</tt></td><td> </td><td>Lähetä TRIM-komento SSD-asemalle.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>ftp</tt></td><td> </td><td>Tiedostonsiirto-ohjelma</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>ftpd</tt></td><td> </td><td>FTP-taustaprosessi</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>funzip</tt></td><td> </td><td>Poimii arkiston ensimmäisen kohdan vakiotulosteeseen.</td></tr>
|
||||
@ -205,7 +204,7 @@ Here's a list of all commandline applications that are shipped with Haiku. Each
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>merge</tt></td><td> </td><td>Kolmivaiheinen tiedostoyhdistäminen. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>message</tt></td><td> </td><td>Tulostaa litistetyn BMessage-tiedoston. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>mimeset</tt></td><td> </td><td>Asettaa tiedoston MIME-tyypin. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>mkdepend</tt></td><td> </td><td>Makefile dependency generator.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>mkdepend</tt></td><td> </td><td>Makefile-riippuvuusmuodostaja.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>mkdir</tt></td><td> </td><td>Luo hakemiston. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>mkdos</tt></td><td> </td><td>Alustaa FAT-osioita. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>mkfifo</tt></td><td> </td><td>Luo nimetyn putken. </td></tr>
|
||||
@ -226,16 +225,16 @@ Here's a list of all commandline applications that are shipped with Haiku. Each
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>od</tt></td><td> </td><td>Kirjoittaa tiedoston yksiselitteisen esityksen.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>open</tt></td><td> </td><td>Käynnistää sovelluksen tai asiakirjan komentotulkki-ikkunasta. <a href="cli-apps.html">(Haiku-kohtainen)</a></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td colspan="3"><a id="P" name="P"><h2><a href="#"><img src="../../images/up.png" style="border:none;float:right" alt="index" /></a>P</h2></a></td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>package</tt></td><td> </td><td>Creates, inspects, or extracts a Haiku package.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>package_repo</tt></td><td> </td><td>Creates or inspects a Haiku package repository file.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>package</tt></td><td> </td><td>Luo, tarkastaa, tai purkaa Haiku-pakkauksen.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>package_repo</tt></td><td> </td><td>Luo tai tarkastaa Haiku-pakkausvarastotiedoston.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>passwd</tt></td><td> </td><td>Vaihtaa käyttäjän salasanan. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>paste</tt></td><td> </td><td>Tulostaa rivit, jotka koostuvat vastaavien rivien sekvensseistä jokaisesta tiedostosta, eroteltuna sarkainmerkeillä.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>patch</tt></td><td> </td><td>Toteuttaa diff-tiedoston alkuperäisestä. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>pathchk</tt></td><td> </td><td>Diagnostoi virheelliset ja siirtokelvottomat tiedostonimet. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>pc</tt></td><td> </td><td>Ohjelmoijan laskin.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>ping</tt></td><td> </td><td>Lähettää pyynnön ICMP-echo-request verkkolaitteelle. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>pkg-config</tt></td><td> </td><td>Analyzes and configures a Haiku package.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>pkgman</tt></td><td> </td><td>Manages packages and package repositories.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>pkg-config</tt></td><td> </td><td>Analysoi ja asentaa Haiku-pakkauksen.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>pkgman</tt></td><td> </td><td>Hallitsee pakkauksia ja pakkausvarastoja.</td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>play</tt></td><td> </td><td>Soittaa kappaleita CD-levyltä. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>playfile</tt></td><td> </td><td>Soittaa äänitiedoston. </td></tr>
|
||||
<tr><td><tt>playsound</tt></td><td> </td><td>Soittaa äänitiedoston.</td></tr>
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user